Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Care Facilities / Addus HomeCare Corporation

Addus HomeCare Corporation

adus · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker adus
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Care Facilities
Employees 6165
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Addus HomeCare Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
 
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
 
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from              to             
Commission file number 001-34504
 
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
 
20-5340172
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
6303 Cowboys Way, Suite 600 Frisco, TX
 
75034
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
469-535-8200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
ADUS
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    	
	
   Yes  ☒     No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.      Yes  ☐     No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    	 	
	
           Yes  ☒    No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of 
“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large Accelerated Filer
☒  
Accelerated Filer
☐
Non-Accelerated Filer
☐ 
Smaller Reporting Company
☐
 
   
Emerging Growth Company
☐
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided 
pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒    
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously 
issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during 
the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)    	
	
	
   Yes  ☐     No  ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last sale price on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on June 30, 2024 (the last 
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $2,061,491,000.
As of February 18, 2025, there were 18,172,865 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the 
registrant’s 2023 fiscal year) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Auditor Firm PCAOB Id:
238
Auditor Name:
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Auditor Location:
Dallas, Texas
 

Table of Contents
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART I
   
 
3
Item 1.
  Business
 
3
Item 1A.
  Risk Factors
 
17
Item 1B.
  Unresolved Staff Comments
 
31
Item 1C.
  Cybersecurity
 
31
Item 2.
  Properties
 
31
Item 3.
  Legal Proceedings
 
32
Item 4.
  Mine Safety Disclosures
 
32
 
   
 
 
PART II
   
 
33
Item 5.
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
33
Item 6.
  [Reserved]
 
33
Item 7.
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
34
Item 7A.
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
52
Item 8.
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
52
Item 9.
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
52
Item 9A.
  Controls and Procedures
 
52
Item 9B.
  Other Information
 
53
Item 9C.
  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
 
53
 
   
 
 
PART III
   
 
54
Item 10.
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
54
Item 11.
  Executive Compensation
 
54
Item 12.
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
54
Item 13.
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
54
Item 14.
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
54
 
   
 
 
PART IV
   
 
55
Item 15.
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
55
Item 16.
  Form 10-K Summary
 
58
 

Table of Contents
 
1
SPECIAL CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
When included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or in 
statements made by or on behalf of the Company, words like “believes,” “belief,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” 
“may,” “might,” “would,” “should,” and similar expressions are intended to be forward-looking statements as defined by the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to 
management. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results and the timing 
of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but 
are not limited to: 
•
the impact of macroeconomic conditions, including inflation and interest rates, legislative and political developments, trade disruptions and the 
potential adverse effects of current conditions;
•
business disruptions due to inclement weather, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, civil insurrection or social unrest;
•
changes in operational and reimbursement processes and payment structures at the state or federal levels; 
•
changes in Medicaid, Medicare, other government program and managed care organizations’ policies and payment rates, and the timeliness of 
reimbursements received under government programs;  
•
changes in, or our failure to comply with, existing federal and state laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with new government laws or 
regulations on a timely basis;
•
the impact of decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court regarding the actions of federal agencies;
•
changes in presidential administrations;
•
competition in the healthcare industry;
•
the geographical concentration of our operations; 
•
changes in the case mix of consumers and payment methodologies;
•
operational changes resulting from the assumption by managed care organizations of responsibility for managing and paying for our services to 
consumers;
•
the nature and success of future financial and/or delivery system reforms;
•
changes in estimates and judgments associated with critical accounting policies;
•
our ability to maintain or establish new referral sources;
•
our ability to renew significant agreements or groups of agreements;
•
our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
•
federal, state and city minimum wage pressure, including any failure of any governmental entity to enact a minimum wage offset and/or the 
timing of any such enactment;
•
changes in payments and covered services due to the overall economic conditions and deficit reduction measures by federal and state 
governments, and our expectations regarding these changes;
•
cost containment initiatives undertaken by federal and state governmental and other third-party payors;
•
our ability to access financing through the capital and credit markets;

Table of Contents
 
2
•
our ability to meet debt service requirements and comply with covenants in debt agreements;
•
our ability to integrate and manage our information systems;
•
any security breaches, cyber-attacks, loss of data, or cybersecurity threats or incidents, and any actual or perceived failures to comply with 
legal requirements related to the privacy of confidential consumer data and other sensitive information;
•
the size and growth of the markets for our services, including our expectations regarding the markets for our services;
•
eligibility standards and limits on services imposed by state governmental agencies;
•
the potential for litigation, audits and investigations;
•
discretionary determinations by government officials;
•
our ability to successfully implement our business model to grow our business;
•
our ability to continue identifying, pursuing, consummating and integrating acquisition opportunities, including our ability to realize the 
anticipated benefits from the Gentiva Acquisition, and expanding into new geographic markets; 
•
the impact of acquisitions and dispositions on our business, including the potential inability to realize the benefits of potential acquisitions;
•
the effectiveness, quality and cost of our services;
•
our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy; 
•
changes in tax rates; and
•
various other matters, many of which are beyond our control.
Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should 
not rely on any forward-looking statement as a prediction of future events. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking, and we do not intend to 
release publicly any updates or changes in our expectations concerning the forward-looking statements or any changes in events, conditions or 
circumstances upon which any forward-looking statement may be based, except as required by law. For a discussion of some of the factors discussed above 
as well as additional factors, see Part I, Item 1A—“Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7—”Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”
Unless otherwise provided, “Addus,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Addus HomeCare Corporation and our consolidated 
subsidiaries and “Holdings” refers to Addus HomeCare Corporation. When we refer to 2024, 2023 and 2022, we mean the twelve-month period then ended 
December 31, unless otherwise provided. 
A copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 as filed with the SEC, including all exhibits, is available on our 
internet website at http://www.addus.com on the “Investors” page link. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is 
not incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents
 
3
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
Addus has been providing home care services since 1979. We operate three segments: personal care, hospice, and home health. Our services are 
principally provided in-home under agreements with federal, state and local government agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and 
private individuals. Our consumers are predominantly “dual eligible,” meaning they are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits.
As of December 31, 2024, we provided services in 23 states through approximately 258 offices. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we served 
approximately 105,000 discrete consumers.
We continue to drive organic growth while also growing through acquisitions, focusing on growth in the states in which we have a presence while 
adding clinical care services to our offerings. As of December 31, 2024, we provide all three levels of care, personal care, home health and hospice 
services, in Ohio, Tennessee, Illinois and New Mexico and strategically continue to pursue other markets.
A summary of our financial results is provided in the table below.
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
Personal care
  $
856,581    $
794,718   
Hospice
   
228,191     
207,155   
Home health
   
69,827     
56,778   
Total net service revenue by segment
  $
1,154,599    $
1,058,651   
 
   
     
   
Net income
  $
73,598    $
62,516   
Total assets
  $
1,412,634    $
1,024,426   
 
Our services and operating model address a number of crucial needs across the healthcare continuum. Care provided in the home generally costs less 
than facility-based care and is typically preferred by consumers and their families. By providing services in the home to the elderly and others who require 
long-term care and support with the activities of daily living, we lower the cost of chronic and acute care treatment by delaying or eliminating the need for 
care in more expensive settings. In addition, our caregivers observe and report changes in the condition of our consumers for the purpose of facilitating 
early intervention in the disease process, which often reduces the cost of medical services by preventing unnecessary emergency room visits and/or hospital 
admissions and re-admissions. We coordinate the services provided by our team with those of other healthcare providers and payors, as appropriate. 
Changes in a consumer’s conditions are evaluated by appropriately trained managers, which may result in a report to the consumer’s case manager at a 
managed care organization or other payor. By providing care in the preferred setting of the home and by providing opportunities to improve the consumer’s 
conditions and allow early intervention as indicated, our model also is designed to improve consumer outcomes and satisfaction.
 
We believe our model provides significant value to managed care organizations. States predominantly deliver services to Medicaid enrollees 
through comprehensive managed care models, most of which are administered by managed care organizations. As a result, managed care organizations 
have assumed significant responsibility for the healthcare needs and the related healthcare costs of our consumers. Managed care organizations have an 
economic incentive to better manage the healthcare expenditures of their members, lower costs and improve outcomes. We believe that our model is well 
positioned to assist in meeting those goals while also improving consumer satisfaction, and, as a result, we expect increased referrals from managed care 
organizations.

Table of Contents
 
4
Our Market and Opportunity
We provide home care services that primarily include personal care services to assist with activities of daily living, as well as hospice and home 
health services. These services allow the elderly and other infirm adults who require long-term care and assistance with activities of daily living to maintain 
their independence at home with their families. Personal care services are a significant component of home and community-based services (“HCBS”), 
which have grown in significance and demand in recent years. In particular, the demand for personal care services is growing from managed care delivery 
models, including Medicaid Long-Term Services and Supports programs and Medicare Advantage plans. Managed care plans aim to manage cost, 
utilization and quality through collaboration of health insurance plans and healthcare providers. We also offer personal care services to private pay 
consumers. We expect demand for HCBS to continue to grow due to the aging of the U.S. population and improved opportunities for individuals to receive 
home-based care as an alternative to institutional care.
Because our model serves an aging population in a home setting at a lower cost, we believe that we have favorable opportunities for growth. The 
personal care, hospice and home health service industries have developed in a fragmented manner, with many small participants and a few larger 
participants that have a significant market share across multiple regions or states. The historic lack of licensure or certification requirements in some states 
makes it difficult to estimate the number of home-based services agencies, although these requirements and other barriers to entry such as the operational 
requirements discussed in the next paragraph are increasing. We expect ongoing consolidation within our industry, driven by the desire of healthcare 
systems and managed care organizations to narrow their networks of service providers, and also by the industry’s increasingly complex regulatory, 
operating and technology requirements. We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on these trends, given our reputation in the market, strong payor 
relationships and integration of technology into our business model.
The personal care services industry is subject to increasing regulation. Many states require providers to register with regulatory authorities or obtain 
licenses. At the federal level, efforts have focused on improved coordination of regulation across the various types of Medicaid programs through which 
personal care services are offered. For example, federal standards require states to mandate that providers use an electronic visit verification (“EVV”) 
system to collect certain data from Medicaid-funded home visits. States that do not comply face incremental reductions in federal Medicaid funding. States 
have flexibility in the model they use to implement the mandate, which means EVV systems, vendors and contracting processes can vary significantly by 
state. Providers must dedicate substantial resources toward continuing compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and significant expenditures 
may be necessary to offer new services or to expand into new markets. We believe licensing and other operational requirements and regulations, the 
increasing focus on improving health outcomes, the rising cost and complexity of operations and technology and pressure on reimbursement rates may 
discourage new providers and may encourage industry consolidation.
Our consumers are predominantly “dual eligibles,” meaning they are eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid. Most dual-eligible individuals have 
full Medicaid benefits, covered either through Medicaid fee-for-service or Medicaid managed care, and most of these individuals have Medicare benefits 
separately covered under traditional Medicare or Medicare Advantage. The Medicare-Medicaid Coordination Office (“MMCO”) was established within the 
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to improve services for dual-eligible individuals and improve coordination between the federal 
government and states to enhance access to quality services to which they are entitled. The MMCO works with state Medicaid agencies, other federal and 
state agencies, physicians and others, to make available technical assistance and educational tools to improve care coordination between Medicare and 
Medicaid and to reduce costs and improve beneficiary experience while reducing administrative and regulatory barriers between the programs. In addition, 
the MMCO and the CMS Innovation Center are considering or have implemented demonstration projects affecting reimbursement for services provided to 
dual eligibles, and some members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised potential changes such as integrating Medicare and Medicaid 
coverage for dual eligibles in a single plan or program.
We believe that our personal care program and our technology make us well-suited to partner with managed care organizations to address the needs 
of the dual-eligible population, and we believe that our ability to identify changes in our consumers’ health and condition before acute intervention is 
required will lower the overall cost of care. We believe this approach to care delivery and the integration of our services into the broader healthcare 
continuum are particularly attractive to managed care organizations and others who are ultimately responsible for the healthcare needs of our consumers 
and over time will increase our business with these organizations.

Table of Contents
 
5
Our Growth Strategy
The growth of our revenues is closely correlated with the number of consumers to whom we provide our services. Our continued growth depends on 
our ability to provide consistent high-quality care, maintain our existing payor relationships, establish relationships with new payors, increase our referral 
sources and attract and retain caregivers. Our continued growth is also dependent upon the authorization by state agencies of new consumers to receive our 
services. We believe there are several market opportunities for growth as the population ages. Moreover, individuals generally prefer to receive care in their 
homes, and we believe the COVID-19 pandemic heightened this preference due to health concerns that may be associated with institutional settings for 
long-term care, along with concerns about the re-imposition of visitor restrictions that were imposed in many long-term care facilities in response to the 
pandemic. Finally, we believe the provision of home-based services is more cost-effective than the provision of similar services in institutional settings for 
long-term care. We plan to continue our revenue growth and enhance our competitive positioning by executing on the following growth strategies:
Consistently Provide High-Quality Care
We schedule and require our caregivers to perform their services as defined within the individual plan of care. We monitor the performance of our 
caregivers through regular supervisory visits in the homes of consumers. Our caregivers are provided with pre-service training and orientation and an 
evaluation of their skills. In many cases, caregivers are also required to attend ongoing in-service education. In certain states, our caregivers are required to 
complete certified training programs and maintain a state certification. The training assists our caregivers with identifying changes in our consumers’ health 
and condition before acute intervention is required, which we believe lowers the overall cost of care.
Drive Organic Growth in Existing Markets
We intend to drive organic growth through several initiatives, including continuing to build and enhance our sales and marketing capabilities, 
enhancing our business intelligence analytic capabilities, recruiting and retaining employees and investing in technology and operations to drive 
efficiencies. We also expect our organic growth will benefit from an increase in demand for our services by an aging population and our increased 
alignment with referral sources and payors. We continue to selectively open new offices in existing markets when an opportunity is identified and 
appropriate.
Market to Managed Care Organizations
As a large-scale provider of home-based care, we market to and partner with managed care organizations, taking advantage of an industry shift from 
traditional fee-for-service Medicare and Medicaid toward managed care models that aim to better coordinate care, among other goals. We expect this shift 
to lead to narrower provider networks where we can be competitive by offering a larger, more experienced partner to these organizations, as well as by 
providing more sophisticated technology, electronic visit records and an outcomes-driven approach to service. We believe our coordinated care model and 
integration of services into the broader healthcare industry are particularly attractive to managed care organizations. In particular, our expansion from 
primarily personal care services into hospice and home health has increased our value to our managed care partners by diversifying our home-based care 
offerings.
Grow Through Acquisitions
In addition to our organic growth, we have been growing through acquisitions that have expanded our presence in current markets or facilitated our 
entry into new markets. We completed two acquisitions in 2024: the personal care business of Curo Health Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company that does business as Gentiva, consisting of certain equity interests and assets and liabilities, on December 2, 2024 (collectively, the “Gentiva 
Acquisition”), and Upstate Home Care Solutions (“Upstate”) on March 9, 2024. Acquisitions completed in 2024 accounted for $22.6 million in net service 
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024. We completed two acquisitions in 2023: Coastal Nursecare of Florida, Inc. (“CareStaff”) on January 1, 
2023 and American Home Care, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (“AHC”), and its subsidiaries, Homecare, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability 
company (“Homecare”), Tennessee Valley Home Care, LLC (d/b/a Tennessee Quality Care – Home Health), a Tennessee limited liability company (“TQC 
– Home Health”), and Tri-County Home Health and Hospice, LLC (d/b/a Tennessee Quality Care - Hospice), a Tennessee limited liability company (“TQC 
– Hospice”, and collectively with AHC, Homecare and TQC – Home Health, “Tennessee Quality Care”) on August 1, 2023. Acquisitions completed in 
2023 accounted for $18.8 million in net service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Our active pipeline and strong financial position support additional acquisitions. With rising consolidation pressures in the industry, our focus is on 
identifying growing markets with favorable demographics in states that are fiscally well managed and have a reasonable minimum wage environment and 
where we have the potential to become one of the leading providers in the state in order to support our managed care organization strategy. We believe our 
experience identifying and executing on opportunities generated by our acquisition pipeline, as well as our history of integrating acquisitions, will lead to 
additional growth.

Table of Contents
 
6
Our Services
We operate three business segments: personal care, hospice and home health. Without our services, many of our consumers would be at increased 
risk of hospitalization or placement in a long-term care institution.
Personal Care
Our personal care segment provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons who are at increased risk of 
hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. The services we provide include assistance with bathing, grooming, 
oral care, feeding and dressing, medication reminders, meal planning and preparation, housekeeping and transportation services. Many consumers need 
such services on a long-term basis to address chronic or acute conditions. Our personal care segment also includes staffing services, with clients including 
assisted living facilities, nursing homes and hospice facilities. Each payor client establishes its own eligibility standards, determines the type, amount, 
duration and scope of services, and establishes the applicable reimbursement rate in accordance with applicable laws, regulations or contracts.
Hospice
Our hospice segment provides physical, emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. 
The hospice services we provide include palliative nursing care, social work, spiritual counseling, homemaker services and bereavement counseling. 
Generally, patients receiving hospice services have a life expectancy of six months or less.
Home Health
Our home health segment provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after 
hospitalization and include skilled nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy. We generally provide home health services on a short-term, 
intermittent or episodic basis to individuals, typically to assist patients recovering from an illness or injury.
We measure the performance of each segment using a number of different metrics. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” for information regarding the Company’s segment metrics.
Our Payors
Our payor clients are principally federal, state and local governmental agencies and managed care organizations. The federal, state and local 
programs under which the agencies operate are subject to legislative, administrative and budgetary restrictions, changes and other risks that can influence 
reimbursement rates. Managed care organizations that effectively operate as an extension of government payors are subject to similar economic pressures. 
Our commercial insurance payor clients are typically for-profit companies and are continuously seeking opportunities to control costs.
Most of our services are provided pursuant to agreements with state and local governmental social and aging service agencies. These agreements 
generally have an initial term of one to two years and may be terminated with 60 days’ notice. They are typically renewed for one to five-year terms, 
provided that we have complied with licensing, certification and program standards, and other regulatory requirements. Reimbursement rates and methods 
vary by state and service type, but are typically based on an hourly or unit-of-service basis. Managed care organizations are a significant portion of our 
personal care segment payor mix as a result of states shifting from administering fee-for-service programs to utilizing managed care models. See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” for our revenue mix by payor type.
Competition
We believe our industry is highly competitive, fragmented and market specific. Each local market has its own competitive profile, and no single 
competitor has significant market share across all of our markets. Other providers, entities and individuals in the communities we serve provide services 
similar to those we offer. Our competition consists of personal care service providers, home health providers, hospice providers, private caregivers, 
publicly held companies, privately held companies, privately held single-site agencies, hospital-based agencies, not-for-profit organizations, community-
based organizations, managed care organizations and self-directed care programs. Some of our competitors and/or competitive care models may have 
greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, as well as name recognition with consumers and payors.  We have experienced, and expect to 
continue to experience, competition from new entrants into our markets. Increased competition may result in pricing pressures, loss of or failure to gain 
market share or loss of consumers or payors, any of which could harm our business. 

Table of Contents
 
7
Our strategies are designed to help our service lines remain competitive. Factors that impact our competitive position include the quality of care and 
services we provide, our ability to attract and retain caregivers and other personnel, our relationships with potential referral sources and our ability to retain 
and renew our contracts with payors and enter into new contracts on favorable terms. The trend toward increased consolidation among payors tends to 
increase payor bargaining power over fee structures. Trends toward clinical and pricing transparency may also impact our competitive position, ability to 
obtain and maintain favorable contract terms and consumer volumes. A number of states have adopted their own healthcare price transparency 
requirements. CMS websites make available to the public data submitted by home health agencies, hospices and other Medicare-certified providers in 
connection with Medicare reimbursement claims, including performance data on quality measures and patient satisfaction. In addition, federal and state 
regulations, including state certificate of need (“CON”) laws, which limit the expansion of healthcare facilities or services, may affect the competitive 
landscape.
Sales and Marketing
We focus on initiating and maintaining working relationships with state and local governmental agencies responsible for the oversight and provision 
of the services we offer. We target these agencies in our current markets and in geographical areas that we have identified as potential markets for 
expansion. We also seek to identify service needs or changes in the service delivery or reimbursement systems of governmental entities and attempt to 
work with and provide input to the responsible government personnel, provider associations and consumer advocacy groups.
We also focus on establishing new and maintaining existing referral relationships with various managed care organizations that contract with the 
states to service the Medicaid programs. We believe these relationships are necessary to generate continued referrals of new clients in markets we serve.
We receive substantially all of our personal care consumers through third-party referrals, including state departments and local government agencies 
on aging, social services, rehabilitation, mental health and children’s services, managed care organizations and the Veterans Health Administration. 
Generally, family members of potential consumers are made aware of available in-home services or alternative living arrangements through state or local 
case management systems, which may be operated by governmental or private agencies.
In addition, we provide ongoing education and outreach in our target communities in order to inform the community about state and locally-
subsidized care options and to communicate our role in providing quality personal care services. We also utilize consumer-directed sales, marketing and 
advertising programs designed to attract consumers.
With respect to our hospice and home health patients, we receive substantially all of our referrals through other healthcare providers, such as 
hospitals, physicians, nursing homes and assisted living facilities. We have a team of community liaisons in our hospice and home health operations that 
educate and develop relationships with other healthcare providers and the community at large.
Payment for Services
Substantially all of the reimbursement we receive for services we provide comes from federal, state and local government programs, such as 
Medicare, Medicaid and other state programs, managed care organizations and the Veterans Health Administration. In addition, we are reimbursed by 
commercial insurance and private pay consumers. Depending on the type of service, coverage for services may be predicated on a case manager, physician 
or nurse determination that the care is necessary or on the development of a plan for care in the home.
 
Medicare
Medicare is a federal program that provides certain medical insurance benefits to persons aged 65 or older, some disabled persons, persons with end-
stage renal disease and persons with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. Each of our hospice and home care agencies must comply with the extensive conditions 
of participation in the Medicare program in order to continue receiving Medicare reimbursement.
In addition to the reimbursement adjustments and policies discussed below, the Budget Control Act of 2011 requires automatic spending reductions 
to reduce the federal deficit, resulting in a uniform percentage reduction across all Medicare programs of 2%. These cuts continue through the first eight 
months of federal fiscal year 2032.

Table of Contents
 
8
Hospice
Medicare beneficiaries who have a terminal illness and a life expectancy of six months or less may elect to receive hospice benefits (i.e., palliative 
services for management of a terminal illness) in lieu of standard Medicare coverage for treatment. Hospice services are paid under the Medicare Hospice 
Prospective Payment System (“HPPS”), under which CMS sets a daily rate for each day a patient is enrolled in the hospice benefit. The daily rate depends 
on the level of care provided to a patient (routine home care, continuous home care, inpatient respite care, or general inpatient care). CMS requires hospice 
providers to submit quality reporting data each year and updates hospice payment rates annually using a market basket index. Hospices that do not satisfy 
quality reporting requirements are subject to a 4 percentage point reduction to the market basket percentage update. Additionally, hospice providers are 
subject to two specific payment limit caps under the Medicare program each federal fiscal year: the inpatient cap and the aggregate cap.
Home Health
CMS reimburses home health agencies under a prospective payment system, paying a national, standardized 30-day period payment rate if a period 
of care meets a threshold of home health visits. The daily home health payment rate is adjusted for case-mix and area wage levels. CMS uses the Patient-
Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”) as the case-mix classification model to place periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on 
clinical characteristics. An outlier adjustment may be paid for periods of care in which costs exceed a specific threshold amount. CMS updates home health 
payment rates annually using a market basket index. Home health agencies that do not submit required quality data are subject to a 2 percentage point 
reduction to the market basket update. Under the Home Health Value-Based Purchasing (“HHVBP”) Model, home health agencies receive increases or 
reductions to their Medicare fee-for-service payments of up to 5%, based on performance against specific quality measures relative to the performance of 
other home health providers. Data collected in each performance year impacts Medicare payments two years later.
Medicare requires home health agencies to submit a one-time Notice of Admission (“NOA”) for each patient that establishes that the beneficiary is 
under a Medicare home health period of care. Failure to submit the NOA within five calendar days from the start of care date will result in a reduction to 
the 30-day period payment amount for each day from the start of care date until the date the NOA is submitted.
Medicaid Programs
Medicaid is a state-administered program that provides certain social and medical services to qualifying low-income individuals and is jointly 
funded by the federal government and individual states. The federal government pays a percentage match for state Medicaid expenditures that varies by 
state and other factors, with no pre-set limit on federal spending. Reimbursement rates and methods vary by state and service type, but are typically based 
on an hourly or unit-of-service rate. Rates are subject to adjustment based on statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, government funding 
limitations and interpretations of policy by individual state agencies. Within guidelines established by federal statutes and regulations, and subject to 
federal oversight, each state establishes its own eligibility standards, determines the type, amount, duration and scope of services, sets the rate of payment 
for services and administers its own program. States typically cover intermittent home health services for Medicaid beneficiaries, but cover continuous 
services for children and young adults with complicated medical conditions and home and community-based services for seniors and people with 
disabilities.
Payment models vary by state. Home health services are often reimbursed by state Medicaid programs on a fee-for-service basis. For hospice 
services, the state pays an amount for each day that a beneficiary is under the care of a hospice provider based on the type and intensity of services 
furnished. Many states are moving the administration of their Medicaid hospice and home healthcare programs to managed care organizations in order to 
effectively manage costs by making spending more predictable for states. Personal care services and other HCBS are largely reimbursed on a fee-for-
service basis. In states that deliver HCBS through managed care, reimbursement can be set as a percentage of the Medicaid fee-for-service rates or 
otherwise tied to state fee-for-service schedules. Some states use supplemental payment arrangements to make additional payments to providers that are 
separate from base payments and not specifically tied to an individual’s care. For example, some supplemental payments are intended to address the 
difference between Medicaid fee-for-service payments and Medicare reimbursement rates, or payments under other state-specific programs. These 
supplemental reimbursement arrangements are generally authorized by CMS for a specified period of time and require CMS’ approval to be extended.

Table of Contents
 
9
The federal government and many states are using or considering various strategies to reduce Medicaid expenditures. Outside of the government 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, federal and state budgetary pressures have, in recent years, resulted, and likely will continue to result, in decreased 
spending or decreased spending growth for Medicaid programs. For example, many states have adopted, or are considering, legislation that may reduce 
coverage and/or enroll Medicaid recipients in managed care programs. Managed Medicaid programs enable states to contract with entities for patient 
enrollment, care management and claims adjudication, with states usually retaining program responsibilities for financing, eligibility criteria and core 
benefit plan design. Many states have implemented state-directed payment (“SDP”) arrangements to direct certain Medicaid managed care plan 
expenditures. These arrangements, which are subject to approval by CMS, allow states to implement delivery system and provider payment initiatives by 
requiring Medicaid managed care organizations to pay providers according to specific rates or methods. For example, SDP arrangements may require 
managed care plans to implement value-based purchasing models or performance improvement initiatives or may direct managed care plans to adopt 
specific payment parameters, such as minimum or maximum fee schedules for specific types of providers. Some states have converted supplemental 
payment programs to SDP arrangements, diverting previously available funding. SDP arrangements can be limited to a specific subset of providers, and 
providers that do not satisfy applicable criteria may be ineligible for payments. The use and nature of SDP arrangements are subject to policy changes. For 
example, CMS published a rule (the “Medicaid Managed Care Rule”) in May 2024 that addresses access, financing and quality within Medicaid managed 
care programs. The rule includes new and updated requirements for SDP arrangements designed for a more consistent and transparent approach for 
participating states. The rule removes regulatory barriers to help states use SDP arrangements to implement value-based purchasing payment arrangements 
and include non-network providers in SDP arrangements. Further, the rule requires states to ensure each provider receiving an SDP attest by January 1, 
2028, that they do not participate in any arrangement that holds taxpayers harmless for the cost of a tax. The various elements of the rule take effect 
between issuance and early 2028. 
In addition, some states use, or have applied to use, waivers granted by CMS to impose non-standard eligibility or enrollment restrictions, 
implement Medicaid expansion under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 
2010 (collectively, the “ACA”), or otherwise implement programs that vary from federal standards. For example, over three-quarters of Medicaid 
beneficiaries in Illinois are a part of the HealthChoice Illinois statewide managed care program, which is serviced by various managed care organizations 
and includes senior citizens, adults with disabilities who are not eligible for Medicare, and dual eligibles receiving certain long-term services and supports. 
In recent years, aspects of existing or proposed Medicaid programs have been subject to legal challenge, resulting in uncertainty. In addition, federal 
legislation and administrative policies that shape administration of the Medicaid programs at the state level are subject to change, including as a result of 
changes in the presidential administration and legal challenges. Changes to the federal funding formula for Medicaid could also have a significant impact 
on Medicaid programs and enrollment, particularly if federal contributions for Medicaid programs decrease and states are unable to offset the reductions.
Illinois Department on Aging
A significant amount of our net service revenues from our personal care segment are derived from one specific payor client, the Illinois Department 
on Aging, which accounted for 21.0% and 20.9% of our net service revenues for 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Illinois Department on Aging 
coordinates programs and community-based services intended to improve quality of life and preserve the independence of older individuals. The Illinois 
Department on Aging is funded by Medicaid, Illinois’ Commitment to Human Services Fund, and general revenue funds of the state of Illinois, and also 
receives funding available under the federal Older Americans Act (“OAA”). The Illinois Department on Aging’s Community Care Program (“CCP”) 
provides adult day services, emergency home response, automated medication dispenser services, and in-home services, which include personal care 
services, to individuals who are age 60 and over and meet other eligibility requirements. Some of these services are provided through a Medicaid waiver 
granted by CMS.
Consumers are identified by “care coordinators” contracted independently with local organizations affiliated with the Illinois Department on Aging. 
Once a consumer has been evaluated and determined to be eligible for a program, an assigned care coordinator refers the consumer to a list of authorized 
providers, from which the consumer selects the provider. We provide our services in accordance with a care plan developed by the care coordinator and 
under administrative directives from the Illinois Department on Aging. We are reimbursed on an hourly fee-for-service basis.
Veterans Health Administration
The Veterans Health Administration operates the nation’s largest integrated healthcare system, with more than 1,300 healthcare facilities, and 
provides healthcare benefits, including personal care, hospice and home health services, to eligible military veterans. The Veterans Health Administration 
provides funding to regional and local offices and facilities that support the in-home care needs of eligible aged and disabled veterans. Services are funded 
by local Veterans Medical Centers and the aid and attendance pension, which reimburses veterans for their otherwise unreimbursed health and long-term 
care expenses. We currently have relationships and agreements with the Veterans Health Administration to provide personal care services in several states, 
principally in New Mexico, Illinois and California.

Table of Contents
 
10
Other
Other sources of funding are available to support personal care, hospice and home health services in different states and localities. For example, 
many states appropriate general funds or special use funds through targeted taxes or lotteries to finance personal care services for senior citizens and 
individuals with disabilities. Depending on the state, these funds may be used to supplement existing Medicaid programs or for distinct programs that serve 
non-Medicaid eligible consumers.
Commercial Insurance
Most long-term care insurance policies contain benefits for in-home services. Policies are generally subject to dollar limitations on the amount of 
daily, weekly or monthly coverage provided.
Private Pay
Our private pay services are provided on an hourly or type of services basis. Our rates are established to achieve a pre-determined gross margin, and 
are competitive with those of other local providers. We bill our private pay consumers for services rendered weekly, bi-monthly or monthly. Other private 
payors include workers’ compensation programs/insurance, preferred provider organizations and employers.
Value-Based Care Arrangements
CMS has indicated that promoting value-based, person-centered care is among its top priorities, and commercial payors are also increasingly using 
value-based care arrangements. Generally, value-based care aims to hold providers accountable for delivering efficient, effective care by tying provider 
reimbursement to patient outcomes or related measures. Value-based care arrangements vary in the method for determining payments and the level of risk 
assumed, among other factors. For example, Medicare reimbursement may be adjusted based on quality and efficiency measures and/or compliance with 
quality reporting requirements. In addition, CMS websites make available to the public data submitted by home health agencies, hospices, and other 
Medicare-certified providers in connection with Medicare reimbursement claims, including performance data on quality measures and patient satisfaction. 
CMS uses quality information to administer other value-based care models, such as the HHVBP Model, under which home health agencies receive 
increases or reductions to their Medicare fee-for-service payments based on their performance against specific quality measures, relative to the performance 
of other home health agencies. CMS also identifies hospices for the Hospice Special Focus Program based on quality information. Through this program, 
which the agency launched in late 2024 to increase accountability for quality of care, CMS monitors hospices identified as poor performers, providing 
additional health and safety oversight intended to enable improvement. The CMS website makes publicly available information about hospices selected for 
the program. Hospices that fail to complete the Hospice Special Focus Program by demonstrating compliance with program requirements may be subject to 
enforcement actions, including termination from the Medicare program.
By 2030, the CMS Innovation Center aims to have all fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries and most Medicaid beneficiaries in a care relationship 
with accountability for quality and total cost of care. An accountable care organization (“ACO”), an example of a value-based care model, is a group of 
providers and suppliers that work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of 
services. ACOs are intended to produce savings through improved quality and operational efficiency. ACOs that achieve quality performance standards 
established by HHS are eligible to share in a portion of the amounts saved by the Medicare program. Several private third-party payors are also 
increasingly employing alternative payment models, which may increasingly shift financial risk to providers or increase payments for quality improvement. 
We expect value-based purchasing programs, including models that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more common with 
both governmental and non-governmental payors.
Insurance Programs and Costs
We maintain workers’ compensation, general and professional liability, cyber, automobile, directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary liability and 
excess liability insurance. We offer various health insurance plans to eligible full-time and part-time employees. We believe our insurance coverage and 
self-insurance reserves are adequate for our current operations. However, we cannot be certain that any potential losses or asserted claims will not exceed 
such insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves.

Table of Contents
 
11
Human Capital Management
The following is a breakdown of our part- and full-time employees, including the employees in our corporate support center, as of December 31, 
2024:
 
 
 
Full-time
 
 
Part-time
 
 
Total
 
Caregivers and agency staff
   
5,548   
 
43,517   
 
49,065 
Corporate support centers
   
617   
 
21   
 
638 
 
   
6,165   
 
43,538   
 
49,703 
 
At Addus, our people are crucial to our mission. Our Addus CARES commitment to human capital excellence inspires a culture that attracts, retains, 
and engages our employees to serve our important mission, and it is fundamental to our corporate philosophy. 
Workforce Composition:
Our workforce is a dynamic and diverse assembly of talent. At the core of our operations is a dedicated team of 5,548 full-time caregivers, clinical 
staff, and administrative employees. Complementing their efforts are 43,517 part-time caregivers and administrative employees. We offer flexibility in the 
form of adaptable work options, which may not be as readily available in other industries. In our most recent annual employee engagement survey, our 
workforce scored work-life balance at an 80% satisfaction rating.
 We have over 600 administrative and professional employees at our two corporate support centers. 
Approximately 17,283 or 34.8% of our total employees are represented by labor unions. We maintain strong working relationships with these labor 
unions. We have numerous collective bargaining agreements with local affiliates of the Service Employees International Union (“SEIU”), which are 
renegotiated from time to time.
People Development and Experience:
We believe in a strong workplace culture focused on people development. We have named this initiative “Addus CARES”, which represents our 
commitment to creating a culture that attracts, retains, and engages people to serve our important mission. We aspire to create a workplace that values and 
listens to its employees, provides ample opportunities for their skills development, and effectively recognizes their achievements. By leveraging our People 
Development and Experience Department, we aspire to create a workplace that values and listens to its employees, provides ample opportunities for their 
skills development, and effectively recognizes their achievements throughout the employee life cycle.
Addus prioritizes a robust listening strategy that offers regular feedback opportunities throughout an employee’s tenure. We leverage tools such as 
our annual engagement survey and a newly introduced innovative tool for conducting more effective one-on-one conversations between supervisors and 
employees, allowing for more open communication and the opportunity to better address our employees’ needs and concerns.
Our dedication to workforce experience is also reflected in the breadth of our training programs and our ongoing commitment to employee 
development, including our Ignite and Emerge employee development programs. Ignite equips new leaders with the necessary skills, tools, and resources to 
lead within our organizational culture and values. Emerge cultivates future leaders, strengthening our future with a diverse internal leadership pipeline for 
potential future promotions. Additionally, Addus deploys ongoing learning opportunities throughout the employee life cycle via the Addus Learning 
Academy and clinical learning management systems. The Addus Learning Academy allows employees to access online resources needed to build and 
enhance the important skills related to their respective roles at Addus and to provide beneficial soft-skills training for personal growth. Addus’ clinical 
learning management systems provide a catalog of continuing learning opportunities for patient-facing employees to improve their clinical skills and 
promote consistent, quality care.
We believe it is important to acknowledge our employees and managers who are carrying our mission and values forward every day, and we are 
committed to fostering employee engagement through effective recognition programs and communications. The Addus Elite employee recognition 
program consists of three levels of employee recognition: real-time peer-to-peer, quarterly company-wide, and annual Addus Elite Hall of Fame. All three 
components are designed to recognize and celebrate the work our employees do daily. Additionally, we have focused our organizational communication 
tools to disseminate vital company information more efficiently and effectively through the Addus Resource Center, AddusConnect, and Addus Ink. The 
Addus Resource Center is a company information portal for on-demand company information. AddusConnect is a biweekly e-newsletter that succinctly 
features important company updates, information, and resources. Addus Ink is a semi-annual publication that highlights local stories and news from around 
the country that celebrate our mission and values. 

Table of Contents
 
12
Employee Welfare
As part of our commitment to providing high quality care and service to our clients and patients, while also promoting the health and well-being of 
our employees, Addus takes a multifaceted approach to employee wellness and safety.
Through strategically designed benefit offerings, Addus provides access to healthcare coverage that balances the medical needs of our workforce 
with affordability for our diverse employment populations. In addition, the company aims to assist in the financial well-being of our workforce through 
company benefits such as early wage access programs, an employee discount marketplace, and educational resources for employees on financial well-
being. Addus offers a non-profit employee disaster relief fund program, Addus ACTS, that provides emergency financial grants for employees in need.
In addition, Addus maintains a structured workplace safety program throughout the employee life cycle that provides job-relevant education, 
training, and skills focused on both the prevention of workplace injuries and improving awareness of mitigation efforts, should risks materialize on the job.  
Through these comprehensive safety efforts, the Addus safety program enhances our ability to provide consistent and quality client care and service.
Talent Acquisition
Talent acquisition is a strategic imperative of the company, and our Addus CARES culture is committed to attracting, retaining, and engaging 
talent. Our commitment to talent acquisition is evident in both our internal mobility efforts and our external recruitment. Internally, the company provides a 
tuition reimbursement program designed to encourage the continued educational pursuit of academic degrees that prepare employees for their next logical 
internal career progression, or that improve their ability to perform their current role. Clinical ladder initiatives focus on clinical certification advancement 
of existing employees. External recruitment has been bolstered by new investments in job search efforts, programmatic job advertising, and new 
recruitment technologies, most recently with the introduction of an artificial intelligence (“AI”) powered conversation and scheduling assistant designed to 
engage in real-time with potential job candidates. Recruitment strategies, including company-wide hiring events, local partnerships with colleges and 
nursing schools, sponsored clinical rotations, and student scholarships have better positioned the company to attract top talent. 
Technology
We currently utilize multiple applications to support our various lines of business and locations for patient accounting. Each application supports its 
respective line of business and locations with administrative, office, clinical and operating information system needs, including compliance of our 
operating systems with federal and state privacy, security and interoperability requirements. Each assists our staff in gathering information to improve the 
quality of consumer care, optimize financial performance, promote regulatory compliance and enhance staff efficiency. Each application is hosted by the 
vendor in a secure data center, which provides multiple redundancies for storage, power, bandwidth and security.
In order to comply with federal and state laws and regulations around EVV use, we utilize several different vendors and have built interfaces 
between the EVV vendor and the patient accounting system utilized in the respective branch location. Our caregivers use a mix of Interactive Voice 
Response (“IVR”) and mobile applications for EVV. In addition, we use these technologies to record basic information about each visit, record start and 
end times for a scheduled shift, track mileage reimbursement, send text messages to the caregivers and communicate basic payroll information.
We license the Qlik Business Intelligence (“Qlik”) platform to provide historical, current, and forward-looking operational performance analysis. 
We currently have our personal care and hospice segments integrated into Qlik. Qlik provides high-level historical and current analytical views to measure 
performance against budget and deliver insight into the various factors driving our execution against our financial, operational, and compliance goals. This 
analysis is available in summary and detailed views to accommodate user needs at all levels, from senior management to operators in the field.
We utilize the ADP Vantage Suite as our base human resources and payroll processing system and use their services and products to manage our 
leave of absence processes, benefits, 401(k) and flexible spending account administration, garnishment services, payroll tax filings, ACA compliance and 
filings, and time and attendance. For financial management, we utilize Oracle’s Planning Budgeting Cloud Service as our solution for budgeting, 
forecasting, and financial reporting and Oracle Fusion for the general ledger, accounts payable and fixed assets.

Table of Contents
 
13
Government Regulation
Overview
Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. New laws and regulations, or changes to or new interpretations of existing 
laws and regulations, may have a material impact on the scope of services offered (including the definition of permissible activities), the relative cost of 
doing business, and the methods and amounts of payment for care by both governmental and other payors. In addition, differences among state laws may 
impede our ability to expand into certain markets. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer administrative civil or criminal 
penalties, including substantial fines, the loss of our licenses to operate and the loss of our ability to participate in federal or state programs. In addition, the 
healthcare industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, extensive and dynamic change. It is difficult to predict the effect of these 
changes on budgetary allocations for our services. See further discussion at “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations—“Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Medicare and Medicaid Participation
To participate in and qualify for reimbursement under Medicare, our home health agencies and hospices must comply with extensive conditions of 
participation. Likewise, to participate in Medicaid programs, our personal care services, hospices and home health agencies are subject to various 
requirements imposed by federal and state authorities. If we were to violate the applicable federal and state regulations governing Medicare or Medicaid 
participation, we could be excluded from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and be subject to substantial administrative, civil and 
criminal penalties.
Developments in Healthcare Policy
The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory, economic and other influences at the federal and state level, along with scientific 
and technological initiatives and innovations that may affect our business. Healthcare reform efforts at the federal and state levels have been aimed at 
reducing costs and government spending and increasing access to health insurance. For example, the ACA increased health insurance coverage through a 
combination of public program expansion, private sector health insurance requirements and other reforms. However, changes in the law’s implementation, 
subsequent legislation and regulations, state initiatives and other factors have affected or may affect the number of individuals that elect or are able to 
obtain public or private health insurance and the scope of such coverage, if purchased. Federal law, for instance, temporarily enhanced subsidies available 
for individuals to purchase coverage through ACA health exchange marketplaces by lowering premiums and raising income eligibility thresholds. The 
enhanced subsidies are available through 2025, but further extension is uncertain, and their expiration may increase the uninsured population. Other 
legislative and executive branch initiatives related to health insurance, such as permitting the sale of insurance plans that lack currently required consumer 
protections, could significantly affect insurance markets.
In May 2024, CMS finalized a rule intended to improve access to services and quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries across fee-for-service and 
managed care delivery systems, but which could negatively impact our business and financial condition. The final rule includes significant provisions 
related to HCBS, including the “80/20” or “payment adequacy” requirement, which will require states to ensure that at least 80% of all Medicaid payments 
a provider receives for homemaker, home health aide, and personal care services, less certain excluded costs, under specified programs are spent on total 
compensation (including benefits) for direct care workers furnishing these services, rather than administrative overhead or profit, subject to limited 
exceptions. States are required to ensure compliance with the 80/20 requirement by mid-2030. The final rule also includes several other measures intended 
to promote transparency and enhance quality and access to services, including a variety of reporting requirements for states. However, due to legal 
challenges and administration changes, it is unclear whether the rule will be implemented as finalized.
The outcome of the 2024 federal elections, affecting both the executive and legislative branches, increases regulatory uncertainty and the potential 
for significant policy changes. President Trump has issued executive orders that impact or may impact the healthcare industry, including an order 
establishing a presidential advisory commission focused on restructuring and streamlining government agencies and reducing or eliminating regulations 
and federal government programs and other expenditures. Further, some members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised potential 
measures that may impact our operations, such as those intended to accelerate the shift from traditional Medicare to Medicare Advantage or eliminating 
some or all of the consumer protections established by the ACA. 

Table of Contents
 
14
The federal and state governments also continue to explore other payment and delivery system reform initiatives. For example, comprehensive 
managed care models, most of which are administered by managed care organizations, have in recent years become the dominant way in which states 
deliver services to Medicaid enrollees, as state governments seek to control the cost of Medicaid programs. Payment and delivery reform initiatives also 
include value-based purchasing models and related initiatives that incentivize reporting of and improvements in quality of care and cost-effectiveness. The 
CMS Innovation Center tests innovative payment and service delivery systems to reduce Medicare and Medicaid program expenditures while maintaining 
or enhancing quality. For example, the CMS Innovation Center has established pilot programs that bundle acute care hospital services with physician 
services and post-acute care services, which may include home health services for certain patients. In addition, the CMS Innovation Center collaborates 
with the Medicare-Medicaid Coordination Office to support care coordination models for dually eligible individuals that aim to integrate benefits and better 
align financing of the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Other congressional and administrative initiatives and proposals have also focused on the dual-
eligible population, including proposals to enroll all dual-eligible individuals in a single plan or program that provides both Medicare and Medicaid 
benefits. Other industry participants, such as private payors and large employer groups and their affiliates, may introduce or encourage additional financial 
or delivery system reforms. For example, in recent years, private and/or public payer policies have encouraged or required enrollment in managed care 
programs, favored outpatient care over inpatient care, and resulted in provider consolidation. 
There is uncertainty regarding the potential impact of further health-related public policy developments at the federal and state levels. Regulatory 
uncertainty has increased as a result of recent U.S. Supreme Court decisions that increase judicial scrutiny of agency authority, shift greater responsibility 
for statutory interpretation to courts and expand the timeline in which a plaintiff can sue regulators. Recent decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court are 
expected to have significant impacts on government agency regulation, particularly within the heavily regulated healthcare industry, in part through an 
increase in legal challenges to healthcare regulations and agency guidance and decisions. Federal agencies oversee, regulate and otherwise affect many 
aspects of our business, including through Medicare and Medicaid payment and coverage policies, policies affecting size of the uninsured population, 
administration of state Medicaid programs, and enforcement and interpretation of fraud and abuse laws. The recent Supreme Court decisions may also 
result in inconsistent judicial interpretations and delays in and other impacts to the agency rulemaking and legislative processes.
Permits, Licensure and Certificate of Need
Our hospice, home health and personal care services are authorized and/or licensed in accordance with various state and county requirements, which 
also address a variety of operational issues including standards for the provision of medical or care services, clinical records, personnel, infection control 
and care plans. Additionally, healthcare professionals at our agencies are required to be individually licensed or certified under state law. Although our 
personal care service caregivers are generally not subject to licensure requirements, certain states require them to complete pre- and post-employment 
training programs, background checks, and, in certain instances, maintain state certification. We believe we are currently licensed appropriately as required 
by the laws of the states in which we operate in all material respects, but additional licensing requirements may be imposed upon us in existing markets or 
markets that we enter in the future.
Some states also require a provider to obtain a CON or permit of approval before establishing, constructing, acquiring or expanding certain health 
services, operations or facilities or making certain capital expenditures. These requirements are intended to avoid unnecessary duplication of services. In 
order to obtain a CON, a state health planning agency must determine that a need exists for the project.
Fraud and Abuse Laws
The laws and regulations governing our operations, including the terms of participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other government programs, 
impose certain requirements and limitations on our operations, business arrangements and our interactions with providers and consumers. These laws 
include, but are not limited to, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal Stark Law, the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”), the federal Civil Monetary 
Penalties Law, other federal and state fraud and abuse, insurance fraud, and fee-splitting laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payor, 
including private insurers.
The fraud and abuse laws and regulations to which we are subject include but are not limited to:
•
The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits providers and others from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any 
remuneration with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a federal healthcare program. Courts have 
interpreted this statute broadly and held that there is a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute if just one purpose of the remuneration is to 
generate referrals.

Table of Contents
 
15
•
The federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare and Medicaid 
patients to healthcare entities in which they or any of their immediate family members have ownership interests or other financial arrangements, 
if these entities provide certain “designated health services” (including home health services) reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid, unless an 
exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits entities that provide designated health services reimbursable by Medicare and Medicaid from 
billing the Medicare and Medicaid programs for any items or services that result from a prohibited referral and requires the entities to refund 
amounts received for items or services provided pursuant to the prohibited referral on a timely basis.
•
The federal FCA and similar state laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement and prohibit the making of false claims or 
statements. The government may use the FCA to prosecute Medicare and other government program fraud in areas such as coding errors and 
billing for services not provided. Among the many other potential bases for liability is the knowing and improper failure to report and refund 
amounts owed to the government within 60 days of identifying an overpayment. Submission of claims for services or items generated in 
violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA. The federal government has taken the position, and 
some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims 
under the FCA. The FCA may be enforced directly by the federal government or by a whistleblower on the government’s behalf.
•
The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other conduct, offering remuneration to influence a Medicare or Medicaid 
beneficiary’s selection of a healthcare provider, contracting with an individual or entity known to be excluded from a federal healthcare program, 
billing for services not rendered or for medically unnecessary services, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher 
reimbursement, and the failure to return overpayments in a timely manner.
•
State anti-kickback and self-referral provisions, false claims laws, insurance fraud laws, and fee-splitting laws. The scope and interpretation of 
these state laws vary, and in some cases apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers. For 
instance, the Illinois Insurance Claims Fraud Prevention Act penalizes the knowing offer or payment of remuneration to induce a person to 
procure clients or patients under a contract of insurance, including commercial insurance plans. 
Penalties for violation of various fraud and abuse laws or other failure to substantially comply with the numerous conditions of participation in the 
Medicare or Medicaid programs may result in criminal penalties, civil sanctions, including substantial civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from 
participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.
Payment Integrity
We are subject to routine and periodic surveys and audits by various governmental agencies and other payors. From time to time, we receive and 
respond to survey reports containing statements of deficiencies. Periodic and random audits conducted or directed by these agencies could result in a delay 
in receipt or an adjustment to the amount of reimbursements due or received under federal or state programs and could result in referrals to other agencies 
to investigate and/or prosecute potential fraud or abuse.
CMS and state Medicaid agencies contract with third parties to promote the integrity of the Medicaid and Medicare programs through reviews of 
quality concerns and detections and corrections of improper payments. For example, CMS and state Medicaid agencies contract with recovery audit 
contractors (“RACs”) on a contingency fee basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the Medicare and Medicaid 
programs. RACs review claims submitted to Medicare for billing compliance, including correct coding and medical necessity. The RAC program’s scope 
also includes Medicaid claims. States may coordinate with Medicaid RACs regarding recoupment of overpayments and refer suspected fraud and abuse to 
appropriate law enforcement agencies. In addition, CMS engages unified program integrity contractors (“UPICS”) to perform proactive analysis, audits, 
investigations and other program integrity functions across the Medicare and Medicaid programs, with the goal of identifying and deterring fraud and abuse 
to avoid improper payments. Working across five geographic jurisdictions, UPICs collaborate with states and coordinate provider investigations across the 
Medicare and Medicaid programs.
From time to time, various federal and state agencies, such as HHS, issue guidance that identifies practices and provider types that may be subject to 
heightened scrutiny, as well as practices that may violate fraud and abuse laws. We believe, but cannot assure you, that our operations comply with the 
principles expressed by these agencies.

Table of Contents
 
16
HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security, Data Exchange and AI Requirements
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”) and its implementing regulations require the use of 
uniform electronic data transmission standards and code sets for certain healthcare claims and reimbursement payment transactions submitted or received 
electronically. HIPAA extensively regulates the use, disclosure, confidentiality, availability and integrity of individually identifiable health information, 
known as “protected health information,” and provides for a number of individual rights with respect to such information. As a “covered entity” subject to 
HIPAA, we are required to maintain privacy and security policies, train workforce members, maintain physical, administrative, and technical safeguards, 
enter into confidentiality agreements with vendors that handle protected health information (“business associates”), and permit individuals to access and 
amend their protected health information. In addition, we must report any breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals, to 
HHS and, in situations involving large breaches, to the media. HIPAA violations may result in criminal penalties and significant civil penalties. 
Other federal and state laws and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing 
of personal data may impose additional or inconsistent obligations and/or result in additional penalties. For example, various state laws and regulations 
require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving individually identifiable information. Several states have passed 
comprehensive privacy legislation, and several privacy bills have been proposed both at the federal and state levels that may result in additional legal 
requirements that impact our business. The potential effects of these laws are far-reaching and may require us to incur substantial expenses, including costs 
associated with modifying our data processing practices and policies.
Healthcare providers and industry participants are also subject to a growing number of requirements intended to promote the interoperability and 
exchange of patient health information, including prohibitions on information blocking. For example, certain healthcare providers and other entities are 
subject to information blocking restrictions pursuant to the 21st Century Cures Act that prohibit practices that are likely to interfere with the access, 
exchange or use of electronic health information, except as required by law or specified by HHS as a reasonable and necessary activity. Violations may 
result in penalties or other disincentives. In July 2024, HHS finalized a rule establishing disincentives for information blocking by hospitals, clinicians 
eligible for the Merit-based Incentive Payment System (“MSSP”) and ACOs, ACO participants, and ACO providers or suppliers under the MSSP.
We use AI in connection with recruitment and are considering other uses. The regulatory framework for AI is rapidly evolving as many federal and 
state legislatures and agencies have adopted, introduced or are currently considering additional laws and regulations that impact the use of AI, particularly 
in the employment and health care space. Additionally, existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that could impact our use of AI. The cost 
to comply with such laws and regulations could be significant and would increase our operating expenses.
Environmental, Health and Safety Laws
We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the storage, transport, use and disposal of hazardous materials and waste products. In 
the event of an accident involving such hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or 
fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all.
In addition, we could be affected by climate change to the extent that climate change results in severe weather conditions or other disruptions 
impacting the communities in which we conduct operations or adversely impacts general economic conditions, including in communities in which we 
conduct operations.  Moreover, legal requirements regulating greenhouse gas emissions or otherwise associated with the transition to a lower carbon 
economy may increase in the future, which could increase our costs associated with compliance and otherwise disrupt and adversely affect our operations.  
At the current time, our compliance with environmental legal requirements, including legal requirements relating to climate change, do not have a material 
effect on our capital expenditures, financial results or operations, and we did not incur material capital expenditures for environmental matters during the 
year ended December 31, 2024. However, it is possible that future environmental-related developments may impact us, including as a result of climate 
change and/or new legal requirements associated with the transition to a lower carbon economy, in a manner that we are currently unable to predict.
Access to Public Filings
Through our website, www.addus.com, we make available, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, 
Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In 
addition to our website, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file 
electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The references to our website address in this Form 10-K do not constitute incorporation by reference of the 
information contained on the website and should not be considered part of this document.

Table of Contents
 
17
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Any of the risks described below, and the risks described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, could have a material adverse effect on our business and 
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and cause the actual 
outcome of matters to differ materially from our current expectations as reflected in forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K. The 
considerations and risks that follow are organized within relevant headings but may be relevant to other headings as well. The risk factors described below 
and elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not the only risks we face. Our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows 
may also be materially adversely affected by factors that are not currently known to us, by factors that we currently consider immaterial or by factors that 
are not specific to us, such as general economic conditions.
You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on forward-looking statements under “Special Caution Concerning 
Forward-Looking Statements.” All forward-looking statements made by us are qualified by the risk factors described below.
Risks Related to our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy depends on our ability to manage growing and effectively integrating operations and we may not be successful in managing 
this growth.
Our business plan calls for significant growth over the next several years through the expansion of our services in existing markets and the potential 
establishment of a presence in new markets. This growth has placed and continues to place significant demands on our management team, systems, internal 
controls and financial and professional resources. Meeting our growth plans requires us to continue to develop our financial control and reporting system 
and could require us to incur expenses for hiring additional qualified personnel, retaining professionals to assist in developing the appropriate control 
systems and expanding our information technology infrastructure. Our inability to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial results.
Completed or future acquisitions, or growth initiatives, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
Our growth strategy includes potential geographical expansion into new markets and the addition of new services in existing markets through the 
acquisition of local service providers. These acquisitions involve significant risks and uncertainties, including difficulties assimilating acquired personnel 
and other corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees or consumers of acquired providers, regulatory risks, the assumption of 
liabilities, exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired providers and the diversion of the management team’s attention. In addition, our due diligence 
review of acquired businesses may not successfully identify all potential issues. Further, following completion of an acquisition, we may not be able to 
maintain the growth rate, levels of revenue, earnings or operating efficiency that we and the acquired business have achieved or might achieve separately. 
The failure to effectively integrate future acquisitions could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
We have grown our business opportunistically through de novo offices and we may in the future selectively open new offices in existing and new 
states. De novo offices involve risks, including those relating to licensing, accreditation, payor program enrollment, hiring new personnel, establishing 
relationships with referral sources and delays or difficulty in installing our operating and information systems. We may not be successful in generating 
sufficient business activity to sustain the operating costs of such de novo operations.
We may be unable to pursue acquisitions or expand into new geographic regions without obtaining additional capital or consent from our lenders.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had cash balances of $98.9 million and $64.8 million, respectively, and $223.0 million and $126.4 million, 
respectively, of outstanding debt on our credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on our credit facility, approximately $8.0 million of 
outstanding letters of credit at each of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and borrowing limits based on an advanced multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined 
in the Credit Agreement), we had $346.6 million and $335.6 million available for borrowing under our credit facility as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. Since our credit facility provides for borrowings based on a multiple of an Adjusted EBITDA ratio, any declines in our Adjusted EBITDA 
would result in a decrease in our available borrowings under our credit facility.
We cannot predict the timing, size and success of our acquisition efforts, our efforts to expand into new geographic regions or the associated capital 
commitments. If we do not have sufficient cash resources or availability under our credit facility, our growth could be limited unless we obtain additional 
equity or debt financing. In the future, we may elect to issue additional equity securities in conjunction with raising capital, completing an acquisition or 
expanding into a new geographic region. Such issuances could be dilutive to existing shareholders. In addition, our ability under our credit facility to 
consummate acquisitions is restricted if we exceed certain Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement, and subject to adjustments as 
provided therein) thresholds, without the consent of the lenders; provided, however, in certain circumstances, in connection with a Material Acquisition (as 
defined in the Credit Agreement), we can elect to increase our Total Net Leverage Ratio compliance covenant for the then current fiscal quarter and the 
three succeeding fiscal quarters. Further, our credit facility requires, among other things, that we are in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants 
set forth therein and that no event of default exists before and after giving effect to any proposed acquisition. Our ability to expand in a manner consistent 
with historic practices may be limited if we are unable to obtain such consent from our lenders.

Table of Contents
 
18
Business Risks
Our financial results have been, and may continue to be, adversely impacted by negative macroeconomic conditions.
Economic conditions in the United States continue to be challenging in certain respects, including as a result of inflationary pressures, elevated 
interest rates, challenging labor market conditions and potential adverse effects associated with current geopolitical conditions. Taking into account these 
factors, we have incurred, and may continue to incur, increased competition for new caregivers and skilled healthcare staff, which will continue to impact 
our ability to attract and retain new employees. Further, the inflationary conditions have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased operating 
costs, particularly as the result of increased wages we have paid and may continue to pay our caregivers and other personnel and our ability to attract and 
retain personnel. We might not be able to realize rate increases from government programs and private payors, which represent most of our revenue, and 
any rate increases obtained may not be sufficient to offset increases to operating expenses. Higher interest rates also raise our financing costs. These factors 
had an unfavorable impact on our financial results during the year ended December 31, 2024, and may have an unfavorable impact on our financial results 
in future periods which could be material. If economic conditions in the United States significantly deteriorate, any such developments could materially and 
adversely affect our results of operations, financial position, and/or our cash flows. Negative macroeconomic conditions could also disrupt financial 
markets and capital markets and the businesses of financial institutions, potentially causing a slowdown in the decision-making of these institutions. This 
may affect the timing on which we may obtain any additional funding and there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms 
acceptable to us, if at all.
Moreover, there is ongoing uncertainty regarding the federal budget and federal spending levels, and we anticipate that the federal deficit, the 
magnitude of Medicare and Medicaid expenditures and the aging of and health status trends within the U.S. population will continue to place pressure on 
government healthcare programs. It is difficult to predict whether, when, or what additional deficit reduction initiatives may be proposed by Congress, but 
it is possible that future deficit reduction legislation will mandate additional Medicare and/or Medicaid spending reductions. There is uncertainty regarding 
the impact of any failure to increase the “debt ceiling,” and any U.S. government default on its debt could have broad macroeconomic effects. Further, any 
shutdown of the federal government, failure to enact annual appropriations, hold on congressionally authorized spending or interruptions in the distribution 
of governmental funds could adversely affect our financial results. States may also face significant fiscal challenges and revise their revenue forecasts and 
adjust their budgets, and sales tax collections and income tax receipts could be depressed, which may place further pressure on government healthcare 
program spending, among other effects.
Timing differences in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.
We fund operations primarily through the collection of accounts receivable, but there is a delay between the time that we provide services and the 
time that we receive reimbursement or payment for these services. These delays may result from such factors as changes by payors to data submission 
requirements, requests by fiscal intermediaries for additional data or documentation, other Medicare or Medicaid issues, or information system problems. 
Further, state budgets could be impacted to the extent economic conditions in the United States are challenging in 2025. To address fiscal challenges, 
various states may in the future delay reimbursement, which would adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, from time to time, procedural issues require 
us to resubmit claims before payment is remitted, which contributes to our aged receivables. Additionally, we may experience unanticipated delays in 
receiving reimbursement from state programs due to changes in their policies or billing or audit procedures. Delays in receiving reimbursement or 
payments from Medicare, Medicaid and other payors, including as a result of delays or issues implementing reimbursement-related rules, such as periodic 
payment updates for government programs, may adversely impact our working capital. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and 
diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not 
successfully negate this risk.
We face routine and periodic surveys, audits and investigations by governmental agencies and private payors, which could have adverse findings 
that may negatively impact our business.
We are and have been subject to routine and periodic surveys, audits and investigations by various governmental agencies. In addition to surveys to 
determine compliance with the conditions of participation, CMS has engaged a number of contractors (including Medicare Administrative Contractors 
(“MACs”), RACs and UPICs) to conduct audits and investigations to evaluate billing practices and identify overpayments. In addition, individual states 
have similar integrity programs, including Medicaid RAC Programs. In certain states, payment of home health claims may be impacted by the Review 
Choice Demonstration for Home Health Services, a program intended to identify and prevent fraud, reduce the number of Medicare appeals, and improve 
provider compliance with Medicare program requirements. 
Private third-party payors may also conduct audits and investigations, and we also perform internal audits and monitoring. 
These audits and investigations can result and have resulted in recoupments by Medicare, state programs and other payors of amounts previously 
paid to us if we fail to comply with applicable laws or program requirements. Depending on the nature of the conduct found in such audits and 
investigations and whether the underlying conduct could be considered systemic, the resolution of these audits and investigations could have a material, 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
Private third-party payors may also conduct audits and investigations, and we also perform internal audits and monitoring. Depending on the nature 
of the conduct found in such audits and whether the underlying conduct could be considered systemic, the resolution of these audits could have a material, 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Table of Contents
 
19
Our revenues are concentrated in a small number of states, which makes us particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in those 
states.
Our revenues are particularly sensitive to regulatory and economic changes in states in which we generate a significant portion of our revenues 
including Illinois and New Mexico. We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenues from Texas going forward as a result of the Gentiva 
Acquisition. Accordingly, any change in the current demographic, economic, competitive or regulatory conditions in these states could have an adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Changes to the Medicaid programs in these states, each of which has implemented 
Medicaid expansion under the ACA, could also have a disproportionately adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows. For example, if federal funding for the expansion population is reduced, trigger laws in Illinois and New Mexico would end Medicaid expansion in 
those states or require other changes, and states without such trigger laws may be unable to offset federal regulations and/or be required to make cuts to 
their Medicaid programs.
Future efforts to reduce the costs of the Illinois Department on Aging programs could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we derived approximately 21.0% and 20.9%, respectively, of our revenue from the Illinois 
Department on Aging programs. State government officials have in the past attempted, and in the future may attempt, to reduce government spending by 
proposing changes aimed at reducing expenditures by this department. The nature and extent of any proposed future cost reduction initiatives is difficult to 
predict. If future reforms impact the eligibility of consumers for services, the number of hours authorized or otherwise restrict services provided to existing 
consumers, our service revenues, results of operations, financial position and growth may be adversely affected.
Failure to renew a significant payor agreement or group of related payor agreements may materially impact our revenue.
Each of our agreements is generally in effect for a specific term, but they are also generally terminable with 60 days’ notice. Our ability to renew or 
retain our agreements depends on our quality of service and reputation, as well as other factors over which we have little or no control, such as state 
appropriations and changes in provider eligibility requirements. Additionally, failure to satisfy any of the numerous technical renewal requirements in 
connection with the proposals we submit for agreements could result in a proposal being rejected even if it contains favorable pricing terms. Failure to 
obtain, renew or retain agreements with major payors may negatively impact our results of operations and revenue. We can give no assurance these 
agreements will be renewed on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Negative publicity or changes in public perception of our services may decrease consumer volumes and adversely affect our ability to receive 
referrals, obtain new agreements and renew existing agreements, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Our success in receiving referrals, obtaining new agreements and renewing our existing agreements depends upon maintaining our reputation as a 
quality service provider among governmental authorities, physicians, hospitals, discharge planning departments, case managers, nursing homes, 
rehabilitation centers, advocacy groups, consumers and their families, other referral sources and the public. The HCBS Quality Measure Set, published by 
CMS, is intended to promote more common and consistent use of nationally standardized quality measures within and across state HCBS programs. Use of 
these HCBS measures by states, managed care organizations and other entities involved in HCBS is voluntary. In addition, the CMS websites make 
publicly available certain data on home health agency and hospice performance on quality measures and patient satisfaction. Medicare reimbursement for 
these provider types is tied to reporting of quality measures.
While we believe that the services that we provide are of high quality, if our quality measures, some of which are published online by CMS, are 
deemed to be unsatisfactory or not of the highest value in relation to those of our competitors, our reputation could be negatively affected. Negative 
publicity, changes in public perceptions of our services or government investigations of our operations could damage our reputation, hinder our ability to 
receive referrals, retain agreements or obtain new agreements and discourage consumers from using our services. Increased government scrutiny may also 
contribute to an increase in compliance costs. Any of these events could reduce consumer volumes and have a negative effect on our business, financial 
condition and operating results.
Our business may be harmed by labor relations matters.
We are subject to a risk of work stoppages and other labor relations matters because our hourly workforce is highly unionized. As of December 31, 
2024, 34.8% of our workforce was represented by labor unions. We have numerous agreements with local SEIU affiliates which are renegotiated from time 
to time. These negotiations are often initiated when we receive increases in our hourly rates from various state agencies. Upon expiration of these collective 
bargaining agreements, we may not be able to negotiate labor agreements on satisfactory terms with these labor unions. A strike, work stoppage or other 
slowdown could result in a disruption of our operations and/or higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect our business. Moreover, potential 
changes to federal labor laws and regulations, could increase the likelihood of employee unionization activity and the ability of employees to unionize. 
Labor costs are the most significant component of our total expenditures and, therefore, an increase in the cost of labor could significantly harm our 
business.

Table of Contents
 
20
If we were required to write down all or part of our goodwill and/or our intangible assets, our net earnings and net worth could be materially 
adversely affected.
Goodwill and intangible assets with finite lives represent a significant portion of our assets. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair 
market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. For example, if our market capitalization drops significantly below the amount of net equity 
recorded on our balance sheet, it might indicate a decline in our fair value and would require us to further evaluate whether our goodwill has been impaired. 
If as part of our annual review of goodwill and intangibles, we were required to write down all or a significant part of our goodwill and/or intangible assets, 
our net earnings and net worth could be materially adversely affected, which could affect our flexibility to obtain additional financing. In addition, if our 
assumptions used in preparing our valuations for purposes of impairment testing differ materially from actual future results, we may record impairment 
charges in the future and our financial results may be materially adversely affected. We had $970.6 million and $663.0 million of goodwill and $109.6 
million and $92.0 million of intangible assets recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
It is not possible at this time to determine if there will be any future impairment charge, or if there is, whether such charges would be material. We 
will continue to review our goodwill and other intangible assets for possible impairment. We cannot be certain that a downturn in our business or changes 
in market conditions will not result in an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets and the recognition of resulting expenses in future periods, 
which could adversely affect our results of operations for those periods.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, such failure could adversely impact our business and stock 
price.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires our management to report on, and requires our independent 
registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with SEC regulations adopted 
pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting. Compliance with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act has increased our legal and financial compliance costs making some activities more 
difficult, time-consuming or costly and may also place strain on our personnel, systems and resources.
To the extent that we now or in the future have deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are not remediated, our ability to 
accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or key operating metrics could be impaired, which could result in a 
material misstatement in our financial statements, late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated 
financial statements or other corrective disclosures, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or 
liquidity and could create a perception that our financial results do not fairly state our financial condition or results of operations, any of which could have 
an adverse effect on the value of our stock.
Regulatory Risks
Our hospice operations are subject to annual Medicare caps. If we exceed the caps, our business and consolidated financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Overall payments made by Medicare to each hospice provider number (generally corresponding to each of our hospice agencies) are subject to an 
inpatient cap and an aggregate cap, which CMS sets each federal fiscal year. The inpatient cap limits the number of days of inpatient care for which 
Medicare will pay to no more than 20% of total patient care days. The aggregate cap limits the amount of Medicare reimbursement a hospice may receive 
each year, based on the number of Medicare patients served. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its inpatient or aggregate caps, it must repay to 
Medicare the excess amount. If payments received under any of our hospice provider numbers exceed these caps, we may be required to reimburse 
Medicare such excess amounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows.
Reductions in reimbursement and other changes to Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal, state and local medical and social programs could 
adversely affect our consumer caseload, units of service, revenues, gross profit and profitability.
A significant portion of our caseload and revenues are derived from government healthcare programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. For the 
year ended December 31, 2024, we derived approximately 61.8% of our net service revenues from state and local governmental agencies, primarily 
through Medicaid state programs and 22.2% from Medicare. However, changes in government healthcare programs may decrease the reimbursement we 
receive or limit access to, or utilization of, our services. As federal healthcare expenditures continue to increase and as many state governments navigate 
budgetary pressures, federal and state governments have made, and may continue to make, significant changes to the Medicare and Medicaid programs and 
reimbursement received for services rendered to beneficiaries of such programs. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011 (“BCA”) requires automatic 
spending reductions to reduce the federal deficit, resulting in a uniform reduction across all Medicare programs of 2% per fiscal year that extends through 
the first eight months of 2032. It is difficult to predict whether, when, or what other deficit reduction initiatives may be proposed by Congress, but future 
legislation may include additional Medicare spending reductions.

Table of Contents
 
21
The Medicaid program, which is jointly funded by the federal and state governments, is often a state’s largest program. Governmental agencies 
generally condition their agreements upon a sufficient budgetary appropriation. Almost all of the states in which we operate have experienced periodic 
financial pressures and budgetary shortfalls due to challenging economic conditions and the rising costs of healthcare, among other factors. As a result, 
many states have made, are considering or may consider making changes in their Medicaid or other state and local medical and social programs, including 
enacting legislation designed to reduce Medicaid expenditures.
Changes that have occurred or that may occur at the federal or state level to contain costs include, for example:
•
limiting increases in, or decreasing, reimbursement rates;
•
redefining eligibility standards or coverage criteria for social and medical programs or the receipt of services under those programs;
•
increasing consumer responsibility, including through increased co-payment requirements;
•
decreasing benefits, such as limiting the number of hours of personal care services that will be covered;
•
changing reimbursement methodology and program participation eligibility;
•
slowing payments to providers;
•
increasing utilization of self-directed care alternatives or “all inclusive” programs;
•
shifting beneficiaries to managed care organizations; and
•
implementing demonstration projects and alternative payment models.
Further, legislation and administrative actions at the federal level may impact the funding for, or structure of, the Medicaid program, and may shape 
the administration of the Medicaid program at the state level, including by affecting provider reimbursement rates and eligibility and coverage policies. For 
example, some members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised, and Congress may in the future adopt, proposals intended to reduce 
Medicaid expenditures such as restructuring the Medicaid program to give states a “block grant” or fixed amount of overall funding for their respective 
Medicaid programs or to impose spending caps such as per Medicaid beneficiary limits on federal contributions. Reductions in federal funding or changes 
to the federal funding formula for Medicaid could have a significant impact, particularly in states that expanded Medicaid under the ACA and especially if 
federal contributions for Medicaid expansion populations decrease and states are unable to offset the reductions. Further, some states have trigger laws that 
would end their Medicaid expansion or require other changes if federal funding for the expansion populations is reduced.
In 2024, we derived approximately 43.7% of our net service revenues from services provided in Illinois and 15.3% of our net service revenues in 
New Mexico. We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenues from Texas going forward as a result of the Gentiva Acquisition. Because a 
substantial portion of our business is concentrated in these states, any significant reduction in state expenditures that pay for our services or other 
significant changes in these states may have a disproportionately negative impact on our future operating results. We cannot predict whether states material 
to our operating results will experience changes or other challenges that negatively impact our ability to be reimbursed for our services in a timely manner.
Changes in the volume of uninsured patients could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. In recent years, federal and state 
legislatures have considered or passed various proposals impacting the size of the uninsured population. For example, federal legislation temporarily 
enhanced subsidies available for purchasing coverage through the federal and state-based health insurance marketplaces by lowering premiums and raising 
income eligibility thresholds. These subsidies were extended through 2025, but further extension is uncertain, and their expiration would adversely impact 
enrollment through these health insurance marketplaces and may increase the uninsured rate. In addition, the number of individuals enrolled in Medicaid 
declined in 2024 in comparison to 2023. This decline reversed a trend of increased enrollment that occurred as a result of COVID-19 relief legislation that 
authorized a temporary increase in federal funds for certain Medicaid expenditures in states that maintained continuous Medicaid enrollment, among other 
requirements. The end of the continuous enrollment condition in 2023, including the resumption of redeterminations for Medicaid enrollees, resulted in 
significant coverage disruptions and dis-enrollments of enrollees. While we believe the population targeted by our business model was less affected than 
other Medicaid enrollees, we experienced some negative impact from redeterminations in 2024. We believe states in which we operate have substantially 
completed redeterminations associated with the unwinding of the continuous coverage requirement and do not anticipate any additional material impact to 
our business from the unwinding process.
Congress, CMS and state authorities may implement changes to reimbursement for or coverage of items and services that affect our business and 
operations. For example, CMS periodically revises the reimbursement systems used to reimburse healthcare providers, including through changes to the 
home health and hospice reimbursement systems, which may result in reduced Medicare and/or Medicaid payments. In addition, delays or issues 
implementing reimbursement-related rules, including periodic payment updates for government programs, and interruptions in the distribution of 
governmental funds, could have an adverse impact on our business. The shift toward value-based care continues, including through the implementation of 
alternative payment models and various demonstration projects. Some states have obtained CMS approval to test new or existing approaches to payment 
and delivery of Medicaid benefits. Payment policies for different types of providers and for various items and services continue to evolve, and future health 
reform efforts could impact both federal and state programs.

Table of Contents
 
22
If changes in Medicare, Medicaid or other state and local medical and social programs result in a reduction in available funds for the services we 
offer, a reduction in the number of beneficiaries eligible for our services or a reduction in the number of hours or amount of services that beneficiaries 
eligible for our services may receive, then our revenues and profitability could be negatively impacted. Our profitability depends principally on the levels 
of government-mandated payment rates and our ability to manage the cost of providing services. In some cases, commercial insurance companies and other 
private payors rely on government payment systems to determine payment rates and policies. As a result, changes to government healthcare programs that 
reduce Medicare, Medicaid or other payments may negatively impact payments from private payors, as well. Any reduction in reimbursements from 
governmental or private payors or policies that negatively affect utilization of our services, such as the imposition of copayments or prior authorization 
requirements, could also materially adversely affect our profitability.
Federal and state regulation may impair our ability to consummate acquisitions or open new agencies.
Federal and state laws and regulations may adversely impact our ability to acquire or open new start-up agencies, and the change of ownership 
processes for Medicare, Medicaid and other payors can be complex. For example, a Medicare regulation known as the “36 Month Rule” restricts the 
assumption by a new majority owner of a Medicare-certified home health agency or hospice provider’s Medicare provider agreement and billing privileges. 
The 36 Month Rule applies if the acquired home health agency or hospice either enrolled in Medicare or underwent a change in majority ownership fewer 
than 36 months prior to the acquisition, subject to certain exceptions. Instead, the buyer must enroll as a new provider with Medicare. The 36 Month Rule 
can increase competition for acquisition targets that are not subject to the rule and may cause significant Medicare billing delays for the purchases of home 
health agencies and hospices that are subject to the rule. Home health agencies and hospices undergoing changes of ownership are considered a “high-risk” 
provider type, subjecting provider enrollment applications to increased scrutiny, which may result in delays in processing. Further, in the past, CMS has 
limited enrollment of new home health agencies. If another moratorium is imposed on enrollment of new providers in a geographic area we desire to 
service, our ability to expand operations may be impacted.
Our ability to expand operations in a state will also depend, where required, on our ability to obtain a state license to operate and, in some cases, 
CON approval. States may limit the number of new licenses they issue or restrict changes of ownership of existing licensed entities. For example, 
California law prohibits the California Department of Public Health from approving a change of ownership of a hospice agency license within five years of 
its initial issuance. In addition, some states require healthcare entities to make disclosures to or receive approval from state attorneys general or other 
designated entities in advance of sales or other transactions. The failure to obtain any required CON or license or other required approvals or make required 
disclosure could impair our ability to operate or expand our business. The increasingly challenging regulatory environment may negatively impact our 
ability to acquire healthcare businesses if they are found to have material unresolved compliance issues. Resolving any such issues and completing 
applicable review or approval processes could significantly delay or prevent us from acquiring other businesses and increase our acquisition costs.
The implementation of alternative payment models and the transition of Medicaid and Medicare beneficiaries to managed care organizations may 
limit our market share and could adversely affect our revenues.
Many government and commercial payors are transitioning providers to alternative payment models that are designed to promote cost-efficiency, 
quality and coordination of care. For example, ACOs incentivize hospitals, physician groups, and other providers to organize and coordinate patient care 
while reducing unnecessary costs. Some states have implemented, or plan to implement, accountable care models for their Medicaid populations. If we are 
not included in these programs, or if ACOs establish programs that overlap with our services, we are at risk for losing market share and for a loss of our 
current business. Further, if we fail to effectively provide or coordinate the efficient delivery of quality services, our reputation may be negatively 
impacted, we may receive reduced reimbursement amounts and we may owe repayments to payors, which could cause our revenues to decline.
We may be similarly impacted by increased enrollment of Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries in managed care plans, which is part of the general 
shift away from traditional fee-for-service models. Under the managed Medicare program, known as Medicare Advantage, the federal government 
contracts with private health insurers to provide Medicare benefits. Insurers may choose to offer supplemental benefits, including in-home support services, 
and impose higher plan costs on beneficiaries. Approximately half of Medicare beneficiaries are enrolled in a Medicare Advantage plan, a figure that 
continues to grow. If more of our services are offered under Medicare Advantage plans in the future, we could experience reduced reimbursement, limited 
utilization, and increased competition for managed care contracts.
States predominantly deliver services to Medicaid enrollees through managed Medicaid plans as a strategy to control costs and manage resources. 
We may experience increased competition for managed care contracts due to state regulation and limitations. We cannot assure you that we will be 
successful in our efforts to be included in plan networks, that we will be able to secure favorable contracts with all or some of the managed care 
organizations, that our reimbursement under these programs will remain at current levels, that the authorizations for services will remain at current levels or 
that our profitability will remain at levels consistent with past performance. In addition, operational processes may not be well defined as a state transitions 
beneficiaries to managed care. For example, membership, new referrals and the related authorization for services to be provided may be delayed, which 
may result in delays in service delivery to consumers or in payment for services rendered. Difficulties with operational processes may negatively affect our 
revenue growth rates, cash flow and profitability for services provided. Other alternative payment models may be presented by the government and 
commercial payors that subject our Company to financial risk. It is difficult to predict the nature and success of any such models. We cannot predict at this 
time what effect alternative payment models may have on our Company.

Table of Contents
 
23
Our industry is highly competitive, fragmented and market-specific.
The healthcare and long-term care industries are highly competitive among service providers and care models. We compete with personal care 
service providers, hospice providers, home health providers, private caregivers, publicly held companies, privately held companies, privately held single-
site agencies, hospital-based agencies, not-for-profit organizations, community-based organizations and self-directed care programs. Some of these 
providers and competitive care models may have greater financial, technical, political and marketing resources, name recognition or a larger number of 
consumers and payors than we do. In addition, some of our competitors offer more services than we do in the markets in which we operate. These 
competitive advantages may limit our ability to attract and retain referrals in local markets and to increase our overall market share.
In many states, there are limited barriers to entry in providing personal care services. However, some states require entities to obtain a license before 
providing home care services. Licensure is generally required of agencies providing home health and hospice services, though requirements vary by state. 
Some states also require a provider to obtain a CON or other type of approval before establishing, purchasing, or expanding certain health services, 
operations or facilities. CON restrictions may reduce the level of competition in a given industry or in a particular geographic region. Changes in licensure 
and CON requirements and recognition of new provider types or payment models could remove or reduce barriers to entry. In addition, economic changes 
such as increases in minimum wage and changes in Department of Labor rules can also impact the ease of entry into a market. These factors may affect 
competition in the states in which we operate.
Often our contracts with payors are not exclusive. Local competitors may develop strategic relationships with referral sources and payors. Further, 
consolidation within the payor industry, vertical integration efforts involving payors and healthcare providers, and cost-reduction strategies by payors 
continue to increase. In addition, existing competitors may offer new or enhanced services that we do not provide or be viewed by consumers as a more 
desirable local alternative. These and other factors could impact our ability to contract with payors on favorable terms, result in pricing pressures, loss of or 
failure to gain market share or loss of consumers or payors, or otherwise affect our competitive position. Further, the introduction of new and enhanced 
service offerings, in combination with the development of strategic relationships by our competitors, could cause a decline in revenue, a loss of market 
acceptance of our services and a negative impact on our results of operations.
Trends toward clinical and price transparency and value-based purchasing may have an impact on our competitive position, ability to obtain and 
maintain favorable contract terms, and consumer volumes. For example, health insurers must provide online price comparison tools to help individuals get 
personalized cost estimates for covered items and services. HHS also requires health insurers to publish online the charges negotiated with providers for 
healthcare services. In addition, CMS websites make publicly available certain data on home health agency and hospice performance on quality measures 
and patient satisfaction. It is unclear how price transparency requirements, value-based purchasing and similar initiatives will affect consumer behavior, our 
relationships with payors, or our ability to set and negotiate prices.
We expect these competitive trends to continue. If we are unable to compete effectively, consumers may seek services from other providers, which 
could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.
If we fail to comply with the extensive laws and regulations governing our business, we could be subject to penalties or be required to make changes 
to our operations, which could negatively impact our business and profitability.
Our industry is extensively regulated at the federal and state government levels. The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the 
terms of participation in various government programs, affect the way in which we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with providers 
and consumers. These legal and regulatory requirements relate to, among other matters:
•
facility and personnel licensure, and certification and enrollment with government programs;
•
eligibility for services;
•
appropriateness and necessity of services provided;
•
adequacy and quality of services;
•
qualifications, training and supervision of personnel;
•
confidentiality, maintenance, interoperability, exchange and security of medical records and other health-related and personal information, including 
information blocking, data breach, ransomware, identify theft and online tracking of personal information;
•
the provision of services via telehealth, including technological standards and coverage restrictions or other limitations on reimbursement;
•
the development and use of AI and other predictive algorithms, including those used in clinical decision support tools;
•
environmental protection, health and safety;
•
relationships with physicians, other referral sources and recipients of referrals;
•
operating policies and procedures;
•
addition of, and changes to, facilities and services;

Table of Contents
 
24
•
adequacy and manner of documentation for services provided;
•
billing and coding for services;
•
timely and proper handling of overpayments; and
•
debt collection and communications with consumers.
These laws include, but are not limited to, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal Stark Law, the federal FCA, the federal Civil Monetary 
Penalties Law, other federal and state fraud and abuse, insurance fraud, and fee-splitting laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payor, 
including private insurers, the No Surprises Act, and federal and state laws governing the security and privacy of health information.
We currently have contractual relationships with current and potential referral sources and recipients, including hospitals and health systems, skilled 
nursing facilities and certain physicians who provide medical director and clinical services to our Company. We attempt to structure our relationships to 
meet applicable regulatory requirements, but we cannot provide assurance that every relationship is fully compliant. Further, we may fail to discover 
instances of noncompliance by businesses we acquire.
If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, which are subject to change, we could be subject to civil sanctions and criminal penalties, 
including substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs, the 
suspension or revocation of licenses, we could face nonpayment or encounter delays in our ability to bill and collect for services provided, and we could be 
subject to civil lawsuits, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, or financial results. Actions taken against one of our 
entities may subject our other entities to adverse consequences. While we endeavor to comply with applicable laws and regulations and government 
program requirements, we cannot ensure you that our practices are fully compliant or that courts or regulatory agencies will not interpret those laws and 
regulations in ways that will adversely affect our practices. Further, the laws and regulations and program requirements governing our business are subject 
to change, interpretations may evolve and enforcement focus may shift. These changes could subject us to allegations of impropriety or illegality, require 
restructuring of relationships with referral sources and recipients or otherwise require changes to our operations. Changes could also reduce authorizations 
for services to be provided or result in reductions in consumer eligibility for our services, which could decrease our revenues and operating performance. 
The costs of compliance with, and the other burdens imposed by, applicable laws and regulations and program requirements may be substantial and could 
increase our operational costs, pose challenges for our management team, result in interruptions or delays in the availability of systems and/or result in a 
patient volume decline, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts throughout the healthcare industry. 
We may face audits or investigations by government agencies or third parties, including under certain of our contractual relationships. An adverse outcome 
under any such audit or investigation, a determination that we have violated applicable laws and regulations, or a public announcement that we are being 
investigated for possible violations could result in liability, result in adverse publicity, require us to change our operations and/or to implement plans of 
correction for alleged deficiencies, and result in other negative consequences that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations.
We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern our employment practices, including minimum wage, living wage, and 
paid time-off requirements. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or changes to these laws and regulations that increase our 
employment-related expenses, could adversely impact our operations.
We are required to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to employment, including OSHA requirements, 
wage and hour and other compensation requirements (including disclosure requirements), employee benefits, providing leave and sick pay, employment 
insurance, proper classification of workers as employees or independent contractors, immigration and equal employment opportunity laws. These laws and 
regulations can vary significantly among jurisdictions and can be highly technical. Costs and expenses related to these requirements are a significant 
operating expense and may increase as a result of, among other things, changes in federal, state or local laws or regulations, or the interpretation thereof, 
requiring employers to provide specified benefits or rights to employees, increases in the minimum wage and local living wage ordinances, increases in the 
level of existing benefits or the lengthening of periods for which unemployment benefits are available. Each of our subsidiaries that employ an average of 
at least 50 full-time employees in a calendar year are required to offer a minimum level of health coverage for 95% of our full-time employees in 2024 or 
be subject to an annual penalty, for example. Since our personal care operations are concentrated in Illinois and New Mexico, we are also particularly 
sensitive to changes in laws and regulations in these states. We may not be able to offset any increased costs and expenses. Furthermore, any failure to 
comply with these laws, including even a seemingly minor infraction, can result in significant penalties which could harm our reputation and have a 
material adverse effect on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic increased some of these risks, with certain states modifying occupational health and 
safety guidelines in a manner that increases scrutiny and complexity of operations with respect to appropriate training and use in the workplace of PPE and 
the possibility of corresponding regulatory audit activity with respect to the adequacy of our practices and procedures. The COVID-19 pandemic also 
resulted in states modifying standards associated with payment amounts and required justifications to qualify for sick leave and unemployment benefits. 
These modifications may result in increased operational costs to us, which may adversely impact our financial performance.

Table of Contents
 
25
In addition, individuals and entities excluded by the OIG from federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, are prohibited from 
receiving payment from federal healthcare programs for any items or services they furnish, order or provide, and providers who employ or contract with 
excluded individuals are subject to significant penalties. If we inadvertently hire or contract with an excluded person, or if any of our current employees or 
contractors becomes an excluded person in the future without our knowledge, we may be subject to substantial civil penalties, including civil monetary 
penalties, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed and exclusion from the program, and may also face liability under the FCA. 
Our business may be adversely impacted by changes and uncertainty in the healthcare industry, including healthcare public policy developments 
and other changes to laws and regulations. 
The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. Regulatory uncertainty has increased as a result of decisions 
issued by the U.S. Supreme Court in June 2024 that affect review of federal agency actions. These decisions increase judicial scrutiny of agency authority, 
shift greater responsibility for statutory interpretation to courts, expand the time period during which a plaintiff can sue regulators, and may result in 
inconsistent judicial interpretations and delays in agency rulemaking processes. In Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo, the Court overruled a legal 
framework that gave significant judicial deference to federal agency interpretations of federal statutes. The Court held that courts must instead exercise 
independent judgment when deciding whether an agency has acted within its statutory authority and that courts may not defer to an agency interpretation 
simply because a statute is ambiguous. The Loper Bright decision and other recent decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court could have significant impacts on 
government agency regulation, particularly within the heavily-regulated healthcare industry, and may have broad implications for our business. While the 
effects of these decisions will become apparent over the coming months and years, we anticipate an increase in legal challenges to healthcare regulations 
and agency guidance and decisions, including but not limited to those issued by HHS and its agencies, including CMS, the FDA, and the OIG. Federal 
agencies oversee, regulate and otherwise affect many aspects of our business, including through Medicare and Medicaid payment and coverage policies, 
policies affecting size of the uninsured population, administration of state Medicaid programs, and enforcement and interpretation of fraud and abuse laws. 
Impacts of the recent Supreme Court decisions could require us to make changes to our operations and have a material negative impact on our business. 
The outcome of the 2024 federal elections, affecting both the executive and legislative branches, also increases regulatory uncertainty and the potential for 
significant policy changes.
The healthcare industry has been and continues to be impacted by healthcare reform efforts. For example, the ACA affects how healthcare services 
are covered, delivered, and reimbursed, and expanded health insurance coverage through a combination of public program expansion and private sector 
health insurance reforms. Changes in the law’s implementation, subsequent legislation and regulations, state initiatives and other factors have affected and 
may continue to affect the number of individuals that elect to obtain public or private health insurance or the scope of such coverage, if purchased, and may 
impact our payor mix. Reductions in the number of insured individuals or the scope of insurance coverage, or an increase in patients covered under 
governmental health programs or other health plans with lower reimbursement levels, may have an adverse effect on our business. For example, federal 
legislation temporarily enhanced subsidies available for purchasing coverage through the ACA health insurance marketplaces by lowering premiums and 
raising income eligibility thresholds. Subsequent legislation extended these enhanced subsidies through 2025, but further extension is uncertain, and their 
expiration may increase the uninsured rate. Other legislative and executive branch initiatives related to health insurance, such as permitting the sale of 
insurance plans that lack currently required consumer protections, could significantly affect insurance markets.
In addition, the Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to change, including as a result of changes in the presidential administration. For 
example, some members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised potential changes intended to accelerate the shift from traditional 
Medicare to Medicare Advantage, repealing the ACA or eliminating some of its consumer protections. Further, changes in governmental administration, 
including changes in agency structures and staffing, such as reduction or elimination of personnel and agencies, may result in changes to established 
rulemaking conventions and timelines, including for regularly-issued reimbursement rules, among other effects. Legislation and administrative actions at 
the federal level may also impact funding for, or the structure of, the Medicaid program and may shape administration of the Medicaid program at the state 
level. For example, in May 2024, CMS finalized a rule that requires states to ensure by mid-2030 that at least 80% of all Medicaid payments a provider 
receives for homemaker, home health aide, and personal care services, less excluded costs, under specified programs are spent on total compensation for 
direct care workers furnishing these services, subject to limited exceptions. If implemented in its current form, the final rule could negatively impact our 
business and financial performance by, among other things, increasing our labor costs. In addition, CMS may change Medicaid payment models and grant 
states additional flexibilities in the administration of state Medicaid programs, including by modifying the scope of waivers under which states may 
implement Medicaid expansion provisions, impose different eligibility or enrollment restrictions, or otherwise implement programs that vary from federal 
standards. Further, changes to the federal funding formula for Medicaid could significantly impact states that expanded Medicaid under the ACA, 
especially if federal contributions for Medicaid expansion populations decrease or are eliminated and states are unable to offset the reductions. Some states 
have trigger laws that would end their Medicaid expansion or require other changes if federal funding is reduced. Some of these Medicaid changes may 
decrease Medicaid enrollment, result in reductions to various state healthcare programs or have other effects that could adversely affect our business.

Table of Contents
 
26
Other recent reform initiatives and proposals at the federal and state levels include those focused on price transparency and value-based pricing, 
which may impact our competitive position, patient volumes, and the relationships between providers, patients, and payors. For example, CMS websites 
make publicly available certain data on home health agency and hospice performance on quality measures and patient satisfaction, and Medicare 
reimbursement is tied to reporting of quality measures.  Other industry participants, such as private payors and large employer groups and their affiliates, 
may introduce additional financial or delivery system reforms.
There is uncertainty regarding whether, when and what other public policy initiatives will be adopted by federal and state governments and/or the 
private sector, the timing and implementation of any such efforts, and the impact of those efforts on providers as well as other healthcare industry 
participants. It is difficult to predict the nature and/or success of current and future public policy changes, any of which may have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and operating results.
The industry trend toward value-based purchasing may negatively impact our revenues.
There is a trend toward value-based purchasing of healthcare services among both government and commercial payors. Generally, value-based 
purchasing programs tie payment to the quality and efficiency of care provided. For example, Medicare requires hospices and home health agencies to 
report certain quality data in order to receive full reimbursement. Failure to report quality data or poor performance may negatively impact the amount of 
reimbursement received. In addition, CMS publishes home health and hospice quality measure data online to allow consumers and others to search and 
compare data for Medicare-certified providers. Alongside this quality and public reporting effort, home health agencies receive, under the HHVBP Model, 
increases or decreases to their Medicare fee-for-service payments of up to 5% based on performance against specific quality measures relative to the 
performance of other home health providers. Data collected in each performance year impacts Medicare payments two years later. 
In the future, CMS may establish new value-based purchasing programs affecting a broader range of providers, some of which may be mandatory. 
Initiatives aimed at improving quality and cost of care include alternative payment models, such as ACOs and bundled payment arrangements. The CMS 
Innovation Center is aiming to have all fee-for-service Medicare beneficiaries and most Medicaid beneficiaries in a care relationship with accountability for 
quality and total cost of care by 2030. There are also several state-driven value-based care initiatives. For example, some states have aligned quality metrics 
across payors through legislation or regulation. Commercial payors are shifting toward value-based reimbursement arrangements as well.
We expect value-based purchasing programs, including programs that condition reimbursement on patient outcome measures, to become more 
common and to involve a higher percentage of reimbursement amounts. It is unclear whether alternative models will successfully coordinate care and 
reduce costs or whether they will decrease overall reimbursement. While we believe we are adapting our business strategies to compete in a value-based 
reimbursement environment, we are unable at this time to predict how this trend will affect our results of operations. If we perform at a level below the 
outcomes demonstrated by our competitors, fail to satisfy quality data reporting requirements, are unable to meet or exceed quality performance standards 
under any applicable value-based purchasing program, or otherwise fail to effectively provide or coordinate the efficient delivery of quality healthcare 
services, our reputation in the industry may be negatively impacted, we may receive reduced reimbursement amounts and we may owe repayments to 
payors, causing our revenues, financial position, results of operations and cash flows to decline.
Liability Risks
Our operations subject us to risk of litigation.
Operating in the healthcare and personal care services industries exposes us to an inherent risk of wrongful death, personal injury, professional 
malpractice and other potential claims or litigation brought by our consumers and employees. From time to time, we are subject to claims alleging that we 
did not properly treat or care for a consumer, that we failed to follow internal or external procedures, resulting in death or harm to a consumer, or that our 
employees mistreated our consumers, resulting in death or harm. We are also subject to claims arising out of accidents involving vehicle collisions brought 
by consumers whom we transport, from employees driving to or from home visits or other affected individuals. We may also be subject to lawsuits from 
patients, employees and others exposed to contagious diseases in connection with the services provided by our workforce in client residences and third 
party facilities. Some of the actions brought against us may seek large sums of money as damages and involve significant defense costs. Our professional 
and general liability insurance may not cover all claims against us.
In addition, regulatory agencies have previously brought and may in the future initiate administrative proceedings alleging violations of statutes and 
regulations arising from our services and seek to impose monetary penalties or other sanctions on us. We could be required to pay substantial amounts to 
respond to regulatory investigations or, if we do not prevail, damages or penalties arising from these legal proceedings. We also are subject to potential 
lawsuits under the federal FCA or other federal and state whistleblower statutes designed to combat fraud and abuse in our industry. These and other 
similar lawsuits can involve significant defense costs, as well as significant monetary awards or penalties that may not be covered by our insurance. If our 
third-party insurance coverage and self-insurance coverage reserves are not adequate to cover these claims, it could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are successful in our defense, lawsuits or regulatory proceedings could distract us from 
running our business or irreparably damage our reputation.

Table of Contents
 
27
Our insurance liability coverage may not be sufficient for our business needs.
Although we maintain insurance consistent with industry practice, the insurance we maintain may not be sufficient to satisfy all claims made against 
us. We cannot assure you that claims will not be made in the future in excess of the limits of our insurance, and any such claims, if successful and in excess 
of such limits, may have a material adverse effect on our business or assets. We utilize historical data to estimate our reserves for our insurance programs. 
If losses on asserted claims exceed the current insurance coverage and accrued reserves, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be 
adversely affected. Changes in our annual insurance costs and self-insured retention limits depend in large part on the insurance market, and insurance 
coverage may not continue to be available to us at commercially reasonable rates, in adequate amounts or on satisfactory terms.
Data Security and Privacy Risks
Our business depends on the proper functioning, availability, and security of our information systems. Our operations may be disrupted if we are 
unable to effectively integrate, manage and maintain the security of our information systems.
Our business depends on effective and secure information systems that assist us in, among other things, gathering information to improve the quality 
of consumer care, optimizing financial performance, adjusting consumer mix, monitoring regulatory compliance and enhancing staff efficiency. We rely on 
external service providers to provide continual maintenance, upgrading, and enhancement of our primary information systems used for our operational 
needs. The software we license for our various patient information systems supports intake, personnel scheduling, office clinical and centralized billing and 
receivables management in an integrated database, enabling us to standardize the care delivered across our network of offices and monitor our performance 
and consumer outcomes. Information systems may be vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, 
human acts and natural disasters. We have a significant number of administrative employees working remotely, increasing our dependence on systems that 
facilitate remote access to our system, and we may experience increased risks as a result.
To the extent providers fail to support the software or systems we use, or if we lose our software licenses, our operations could be negatively 
affected. Our business also depends on a comprehensive payroll and human resources system for basic payroll functions and reporting, payroll tax 
reporting, managing wage assignments and garnishments. We rely on an external service provider, ADP, to provide continual maintenance, upgrading and 
enhancement of our primary human resource and payroll systems. To the extent that ADP fails to support the software or systems, or any of the related 
support services provided by them, our internal operations could be negatively affected.
Our business supports the use of EVV to electronically collect visit information when our caregivers and providers deliver home care services. Our 
solution uses a combination of IVR and GPS enabled smartphones to capture time in and time out, mileage and travel time, as well as the completed care 
plan tasks. We license this software through CellTrak and partner with states that utilize other software. We rely on these vendors to provide continual 
maintenance and enhancements, as well as security of any protected data. To the extent that our EVV vendors fail to support these processes, our internal 
operations could be negatively affected. Under the 21st Century Cures Act, states must require the use of EVV for all Medicaid-funded personal care 
services and home health services that require an in-home visit by a provider. States that failed to meet the deadlines for implementation, which include 
some states in which we operate, are subject to incremental reductions in federal Medicaid funding, which may negatively impact the reimbursement we 
receive for our services.  In addition, if states adopt new or modify existing standards for EVV that are not compatible with our operations, our internal 
operations could be negatively affected. Further, to the extent that the EVV solutions that we use are determined to be noncompliant with federal or state 
EVV requirements, we could be subject to penalties.
We have taken and continue to take precautionary measures designed to prevent problems that could affect our information systems. We have 
implemented backup of our key information systems that are designed to allow our operations to failover to our geographically separate disaster recovery 
datacenter with a quick return to operations for all sites and systems in the event our main datacenter becomes inoperable because of a natural disaster, 
attacks or other cause. All of our sites and branch offices have redundant connections to our primary and backup datacenters using data lines and cellular 
connections through VPN or MPLS. The key business functions for our main sites also have redundancies with key functions geographically split between 
our two main facilities, should one not be available due to the above-mentioned scenarios. While we believe these measures are reasonable, no system of 
information security is able to eliminate the risk of business disruptions, and we or our third-party vendors that we rely upon may experience system 
failures.
If we experience a reduction in the performance, reliability, or availability of our information systems, our operations and ability to process 
transactions and produce timely and accurate reports could be adversely affected. If we experience difficulties with the transition and integration of 
information systems or are unable to implement, maintain, or expand our systems properly, we could suffer from, among other things, operational 
disruptions, regulatory problems, and increases in administrative expenses. The occurrence of any system failure could result in interruptions, delays, the 
loss or corruption of data and cessations or interruptions in the availability of systems, all of which could have a material, adverse effect on our financial 
position and results of operations and harm our business reputation.
A cyber-attack or security breach could cause a loss of confidential consumer data, give rise to remediation and other expenses, expose us to 
liability under privacy laws, consumer protection laws, common law and other legal theories, subject us to litigation and federal and state 
governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, result in interruptions or delays to services, adversely impact our financial results, and otherwise be 
disruptive to our business.

Table of Contents
 
28
We, directly and through our vendors and other third parties, collect and store sensitive information, including proprietary business information, 
protected health information of our patients and personally identifiable information of our employees, patients and consumers. We rely extensively on 
computer systems to manage clinical and financial data, to communicate with our consumers, payors, vendors and other third parties, and to summarize and 
analyze our operating results. Our personnel use devices that store or transmit information integral to the provision of services, and we frequently exchange 
clinical and financial data with third parties in connection with our routine operations and in order to meet our contractual and regulatory obligations. The 
secure maintenance of this information and technology is critical to our business operations, and we are required to comply with the federal and state 
privacy and security laws and requirements, including HIPAA and state privacy laws. 
We have invested in security measures designed to protect against the threat of security breaches and cyber-attacks, as well as cybersecurity 
systems, protocols and monitoring procedures. Each of these steps is intended to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our data and the 
systems and devices that store and transmit such data. However, despite these efforts, our technology, and that of our third-party service providers, may fail 
to adequately secure the protected health information and personally identifiable information we create, receive, transmit and maintain in our databases. We 
may be at increased risk because we outsource certain services or functions to, or have systems that interface with, third parties. These third parties may 
store or have access to our data. The information systems of third parties are also subject to various risks, and a breach or attack affecting any of these third 
parties could harm our business. In addition, the rapid evaluation and increased adoption of artificial intelligence technologies may heighten our 
cybersecurity risks by making cybersecurity attacks more difficult to detect, contain and mitigate.
The current cyber threat environment presents increased risk for all companies, including companies in our industry. Threats from malicious persons 
and groups, new vulnerabilities and advanced new attacks against our, or our vendors’, information systems and devices create risk of cybersecurity 
incidents, including ransomware, malware and phishing incidents, in which third parties attempt to fraudulently induce our employees or our vendors’ 
employees into disclosing usernames, passwords or other sensitive information, which can in turn be used for unauthorized access to our or our vendors’ 
systems. We are regularly the target of attempted cybersecurity and other threats that could have a security impact, and we expect to continue to experience 
an increase in cybersecurity threats in the future, as the volume and intensity of cyberattacks on healthcare entities and vendors continue to increase. 
Furthermore, because the tools and techniques used in cyber-attacks change frequently and may not be immediately recognized, we may be unable to 
anticipate techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, and we may experience or be affected by security or data breaches that remain 
undetected for an extended time. Even if identified, we may be unable to adequately investigate or remediate incidents or breaches due to attackers 
increasingly using tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence. The 
rapid evolution and increased adoption of artificial intelligence technologies may intensify cybersecurity risks by making cyber-attacks more difficult to 
detect, contain or mitigate. Internal access management failures or vulnerabilities in hardware, software or applications could also result in the compromise 
of confidential data.
We continue to prioritize the development and enhancement of controls and processes designed to protect our business, information systems and 
data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. As cyber threats continue to evolve and increase in volume and sophistication, we may be required to 
expend significant additional resources to continue to enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate security incidents or vulnerabilities. 
We may also be required to expend additional resources to comply with evolving federal and state requirements related to cybersecurity.
In spite of our policies, procedures and other security measures used to protect our computer systems and data, occasionally, we have experienced 
breaches that have required us to notify affected consumers and the government, and we have worked with consumers and the government to resolve such 
issues. While these past breaches have not had a significant adverse impact on our business or results of operations, there can be no assurance that we will 
not be subject to additional and/or more severe cyber-attacks or security breaches in the future. If we or any of our third-party service providers or certain 
other third-parties are subject to cyber-attacks or experience security or data breaches in the future, this could result in harm to consumers, interruptions and 
delays in services provided to consumers, loss, misappropriation, corruption, or unauthorized access of protected patient medical data or other information 
subject to privacy laws, disruption to our information technology systems and/or business, the inability to access data, reputational harm, or adversely 
impact our financial results. We may also be subject us to litigation and governmental enforcement actions (including under HIPAA and other applicable 
laws) as a result of cyber-attacks or security or data breaches, which could result in fines, settlement agreements, corrective action plans, and of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Some state laws provide a private right of action for data 
breaches, which may increase data breach litigation. In addition, any significant cybersecurity event may require us to devote significant management time 
and resources to address and respond to any such event, interfere with the pursuit of other important business strategies and initiatives, and cause us to 
incur additional expenditures, which could be material, including to investigate such events, remedy cybersecurity problems, recover lost data, prevent 
future compromises and adapt systems and practices in response to such events. Moreover, there is no assurance that any remedial actions will 
meaningfully limit the success of future attempts to breach our information systems, particularly because malicious actors are increasingly sophisticated 
and utilize tools and techniques specifically designed to circumvent security measures, avoid detection and obfuscate forensic evidence, which means we 
may be unable to identify, investigate or remediate effectively or in a timely manner. Further, our insurance coverage intended to address cybersecurity and 
data breach risks may not be sufficient to cover all losses or the types of claims that may arise.

Table of Contents
 
29
Human Capital Risks
We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or we may incur increased costs in doing so.
We must attract and retain qualified non-executive personnel in the markets in which we operate in order to provide our services. We compete for 
personnel with other providers of social and medical services as well as companies in other service-based industries. As the labor market continues to be 
tight and unemployment remains at low levels, the competition for employees has increased, which will continue to impact our ability to attract and retain 
new caregivers. In addition, the competition for skilled healthcare staff has increased significantly, which continues to impact our ability to attract and 
retain qualified skilled healthcare staff. To the extent that the United States experiences low unemployment levels and shortages of caregivers and skilled 
healthcare staff, it may continue to hinder our ability to attract and retain sufficient caregivers and skilled healthcare staff to meet the continuing demand 
for both our non-clinical and clinical services. Staffing challenges may be exacerbated by the implementation of a final rule issued by CMS in May 2024 
that establishes minimum staffing standards for Medicare- and Medicaid-certified long-term care facilities, to be phased in over five years. Moreover, 
increased staffing challenges have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased labor costs to satisfy our staffing requirements. 
We may not be able to offset higher labor costs by increasing the rates we charge for our services. In addition, if we fail to attract and retain 
qualified and skilled personnel, our ability to conduct our business operations effectively and our results of operations would be harmed.
Competition may be greater for managers, such as regional and agency directors. Our ability to attract and retain personnel depends on several 
factors, including our ability to provide employees with attractive assignments and competitive benefits and salaries. If we are unable to attract and retain 
qualified personnel, we may be unable to provide our services, the quality of our services may decline, and we could lose consumers and referral sources.
We depend on the services of our executive team members.
Our success depends upon the continued employment of certain members of our executive team to manage several of our key functional areas, 
including operations, business development, accounting, finance, human resources, marketing, information systems, contracting and compliance. 
Moreover, the current competitive labor market may make it more difficult to retain or hire members of our executive team. The departure of any member 
of our executive team may materially adversely affect our operations, and any replacement for a departed member of our executive team may be unable to 
execute our strategies at the same level.
Risk Related to Our Indebtedness
Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may adversely affect us.
Our credit facility contains various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to:
•
make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien;
•
sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;
•
merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all our assets;
•
make restricted payments, including paying dividends and making certain loans and investments;
•
create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any additional indebtedness;
•
enter into transactions with affiliates;
•
engage in any additional line of business;
•
amend our organization documents;
•
make a change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, change our name or change our jurisdiction of organization or formation;
•
make any payment or prepayment of certain subordinated indebtedness;
•
enter into agreements that restrict dividends and certain other payments from subsidiaries; and
•
engage in a sale leaseback or similar transaction.
In addition, our credit facility contains restrictive covenants and requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial 
condition tests. Our ability to meet these restrictive covenants and financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot 
assure you that we will meet those tests.

Table of Contents
 
30
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our credit facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our credit 
facility, all amounts outstanding under our credit facility may become immediately due and payable and all commitments under our credit facility to extend 
further credit may be terminated. The acceleration of any such indebtedness will result in an event of default under all of our other long-term indebtedness.
General Risks
Factors beyond our control, including inclement weather, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, 
looting, protests, strikes and street demonstrations, may impact our ability to provide services.
Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, military conflict, pandemics, riots, civil insurrection or social unrest, looting, 
protests, strikes or street demonstrations may prevent our employees from providing authorized services. We are not paid for authorized services that are 
not delivered due to these events. Furthermore, prolonged disruptions as a result of such events in the markets in which we operate could disrupt our 
relationships with consumers, patients, caregivers and employees and referral sources located in affected areas and, in the case of our corporate office, our 
ability to provide administrative support services, including billing and collection services. The impact of disasters and similar events is inherently 
uncertain. Moreover, adverse weather conditions may become more frequent and/or severe as the result of climate change. We could be affected by climate 
change and other environmental issues to the extent such issues adversely affect the general economy, adversely impact our supply chain or increase the 
costs of supplies needed for our operations, or otherwise result in disruptions impacting the communities in which our facilities are located. In addition, 
legal requirements regulating greenhouse gas emissions and energy inputs or otherwise associated with the transition to a lower carbon economy may 
increase in the future, which could increase our costs associated with compliance and otherwise disrupt and adversely affect our operations. The impact of 
these or other factors beyond our control could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
The emergence and effects related to a potential future pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of infectious disease could adversely impact our business 
and future results of operations and financial condition, and we may be more vulnerable to the effects of a public health emergency than other 
businesses due to the nature of our business and consumers.
As a provider of healthcare and personal care services, we are subject to the health and economic effects of public health conditions. If a pandemic, 
epidemic, or outbreak of an infectious disease or other public health crisis were to affect our markets, our business could be adversely affected. Any such 
crisis could diminish public trust in healthcare providers, particularly those that are treating or have treated patients affected by contagious diseases. Patient 
volumes may decline or volumes of uninsured and underinsured patients may increase, depending on the economic circumstances surrounding the 
pandemic, epidemic or outbreak. Further, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak could adversely impact our business by causing a temporary shutdown or 
difficulty accessing patients, particularly facility-based patients, by causing disruption or delays in supply chains for materials and products, or by causing 
staffing shortages. Our business may be more vulnerable to the effects of a public health crisis than other businesses due to the health status of our typical 
consumer and patient populations. The majority of our consumers and patients are older individuals who may experience complex medical conditions or 
socioeconomic factors. Our employees may also be at greater risk of contracting contagious diseases due to their increased exposure to vulnerable 
consumers. Due to the physical proximity required to offer many of our services, our employees could have difficulty attending to our consumers if social 
distancing policies or quarantines are instituted in response to a public health crisis. Further, we could face litigation if our employees or customers contract 
contagious diseases while our employees perform their duties. Although we have contingency plans in place, including infection control plans, the potential 
impact of, as well as the public’s response and governmental responses to, any such future pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of infectious disease with 
respect to our markets is difficult to predict and could adversely impact our business and future results of operations and financial condition. 

Table of Contents
 
31
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
We recognize that cybersecurity threats pose a risk to our business. As part of the Company’s overall risk management systems and processes, we 
employ a risk management framework designed with the goals of identifying, assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats. Key 
aspects of this risk management framework include, but are not limited to:
•
Maintaining a cybersecurity incident response plan, coordinated by the Company’s IT department and Chief Information Security Officer, 
which includes controls and procedures for identifying, reporting and responding to cybersecurity incidents;
•
Partnering with outside cybersecurity vendors periodically to gain an independent view of our cybersecurity and information security 
program;
•
Providing our employees with regular training on cybersecurity and the protection of our information systems;
•
Maintaining and testing a business continuity and disaster recovery program;
•
Database activity monitoring, encryption, secure file transfer protocols and application firewalls; and
•
Maintaining insurance coverage intended to address cybersecurity and data breach risks.
We have also implemented processes to help identify, assess and manage cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party service providers.
We do not believe that risks from cybersecurity threats of which we are currently aware, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity 
incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial 
condition. For additional information, see “A cyber-attack or security breach could cause a loss of confidential consumer data, give rise to remediation and 
other expenses, expose us to liability under privacy laws, consumer protection laws, common law and other legal theories, subject us to litigation and 
federal and state governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, result in interruptions or delays to services, adversely impact our financial results, and 
otherwise be disruptive to our business” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
Governance
Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall risk management system and processes. Together with the Board’s 
standing committees, the Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for ensuring that material risks, including material cybersecurity risks, are identified 
and managed appropriately. The Board receives updates at least bi-annually from our Chief Information Officer concerning our information security and 
cyber risk strategy, cyber defense initiatives, cyber event preparedness and cybersecurity risk assessments. The Chief Information Officer has extensive IT 
and program management experience and works closely with our Chief Information Security Officer, who oversees our cybersecurity program on a day-to-
day basis. The Chief Information Security Officer has extensive cybersecurity experience, including more than 15 years working in senior IT infrastructure 
and IT security roles in the healthcare sector (seven of which years were spent as the Chief Information Security Officer). Our cybersecurity incident 
response plan provides that the Chief Information Security Officer will work with our IT Department and the impacted segment of our business to 
investigate and respond to any identified incident (including by escalating the incident to the Company’s senior management and the Board depending on 
the nature and scope).  
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We do not own any real property. We lease administrative offices for our local branches, none of which are individually material. We lease 
approximately 59,000 and 75,000 square feet of office space in Downers Grove, Illinois and Frisco, Texas, respectively, which serve as our support centers. 
We sublease approximately 21,000 and 37,400 square feet of our office space in Downers Grove and Frisco, respectively, to third parties. 

Table of Contents
 
32
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are subject to legal and/or administrative proceedings incidental to our business. It is the opinion of management that the 
outcome of pending legal and/or administrative proceedings will not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Further information with respect to this item may be found in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8—“Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

Table of Contents
 
33
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ADUS.” 
Holders
As of December 31, 2024, 2.0% of our shares of common stock were held by our officers and directors and approximately 98.0% of our common 
stock was held by 440 institutional investors. An insignificant amount of common stock is held by individual holders. As of February 18, 2025, Addus 
HomeCare Corporation had approximately 43,455 shareholders of its common stock, including 85 shareholders of record.
Dividends
We have never paid dividends on our common stock, including in the two most recent fiscal years, and we do not intend to pay any dividends on our 
common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently plan to retain any earnings to support the operation, and to finance the growth, of our business rather 
than to pay cash dividends. Payments of any cash dividends in the future will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, credit facility 
limitations, earnings, as well as other factors deemed relevant by our Board. Our credit facility restricts our ability to declare or pay any dividend or other 
distribution to Holdings unless no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing or would arise as a result thereof and the aggregate amount of 
dividends and distributions paid in any fiscal year does not exceed $10.0 million per annum.
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
 

Table of Contents
 
34
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ 
materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K and other risks as well as other factors that are not currently known to us, that we currently consider immaterial or that are not specific to us, such as 
general economic conditions. The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2022, included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) 
can be found in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Overview
We are a home care services provider operating three segments: personal care, hospice and home health. Our services are principally provided in-
home under agreements with federal, state and local government agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private individuals. Our 
consumers are predominantly “dual eligible,” meaning they are eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits. Managed care revenues accounted 
for 34.8%, 36.6% and 36.0% of our revenue during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 respectively.
A summary of certain consolidated financial and statistical data results for 2024, 2023 and 2022 are provided in the table below. 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands, except States and Locations)
 
Net service revenues
  $
1,154,599    $
1,058,651    $
951,120 
Net income
  $
73,598    $
62,516    $
46,025 
Total assets
  $
1,412,634    $
1,024,426    $
937,994 
 
 
     
     
   
Adjusted EBITDA 
  $
140,290   $
121,020    $
101,480 
States served at period end
   
23     
22     
22 
Locations at period end
   
258     
219     
202 
 
(1)
The Company defines adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, other non-operating income, taxes, depreciation, amortization, acquisition expense, 
stock-based compensation expense, restructure and other non-recurring costs, gain or loss on the sale of assets, impairment of operating lease assets, retroactive 
rate increases from New York and the retroactive impact from collective bargaining negotiations. Adjusted EBITDA is a performance measure used by 
management that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). It should not be considered in 
isolation or as a substitute for net income, operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, 
our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that Adjusted 
EBITDA is useful to investors, management and others in evaluating the Company’s operating performance, to provide investors with insight and consistency in 
the Company’s financial reporting and to present a basis for comparison of the Company’s business operations among periods, and to facilitate comparison with 
the results of the Company’s peers. Additionally, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts, investors and others to 
evaluate the financial performance of other public companies. The financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of this non-
GAAP measure included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully evaluated.
Acquisitions
In addition to our organic growth, we have grown through acquisitions that have expanded our presence in current markets, with the goal of having 
all three levels of in-home care in our markets, or facilitating our entry into new markets where in-home care has been moving to managed care 
organizations.
On January 1, 2023, we completed the acquisition of CareStaff for approximately $1.0 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the 
purchase of CareStaff, the Company expanded its personal care services to consumers in Florida. 
On August 1, 2023, we completed the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care for approximately $111.2 million, with funding primarily provided by 
drawing on the Company’s revolving credit facility. With the purchase of Tennessee Quality Care, the Company expanded its services within its hospice 
and home health segment to Tennessee.
On March 9, 2024, we completed our acquisition of the operations of Upstate for $0.4 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the 
purchase of Upstate, the Company expanded its personal care services segment in South Carolina.
(1)

Table of Contents
 
35
On December 2, 2024, we completed the Gentiva Acquisition for approximately $353.6 million, with funding primarily provided by drawing on the 
Company’s revolving credit facility and a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s public offering of common stock. The purchase price is subject to 
the completion of working capital and related adjustments. With the Gentiva Acquisition, the Company expanded its services within its personal care 
services segment in Arizona, Arkansas, California and North Carolina, and entered the market in Missouri and Texas. The home health segment also was 
expanded in Tennessee.
Divestiture
Effective May 20, 2024, we entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement to sell all of our New York operations (the “New York Asset Sale”). 
The Company entered into a consulting agreement with the purchaser, as the transfer of clients and caregivers and payment for assets pursuant to the New 
York Asset Sale is occurring over time as regulatory approvals are received, coordination of the transfer of clients and caregivers occurs, and the change of 
control takes place. In connection with this transaction, the Company will cease operations in New York. In October 2024, the Company qualified for sale 
consideration of the New York Asset Sale. As a result, the Company has deconsolidated the results of its New York operations and recorded a gain on 
divestiture of $3.7 million. The New York Asset Sale purchase price of up to $23.0 million includes an initial payment of $4.6 million, $6.9 million paid 
pro rata as a deferred payment as caregivers are transferred and 50% in the form of contingent consideration for the Company’s Consumer Directed 
Personal Assistance Program (“CDPAP”) business.
Revenue by Payor and Significant States
Our payor clients are principally federal, state and local governmental agencies and managed care organizations. The federal, state and local 
programs under which the agencies operate are subject to legislative, administrative and budgetary changes and other risks that can influence 
reimbursement rates. We are experiencing a transition of business from government payors to managed care organizations, which we believe aligns with 
our emphasis on coordinated care and the reduction of the need for acute care. Medicare advantage revenue is included within Medicare.
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, our revenue by payor and significant states by segment were as follows:
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
     
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)
   
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
     
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
State, local and other governmental 
programs
  $
456,885     
53.3  %   $
400,753    
50.4  %   $
348,234    
49.3  %
Managed care organizations
   
376,604     
44.0   
   
367,557    
46.2   
   
326,778    
46.3   
Private pay
   
15,589     
1.8   
   
16,268    
2.0   
   
18,301    
2.6   
Commercial insurance
   
5,593     
0.7   
   
6,321    
0.8   
   
7,689    
1.1   
Other
   
1,910     
0.2   
   
3,819    
0.6   
   
5,505    
0.7   
Total personal care segment net 
    service revenues
  $
856,581     
100.0  %   $
794,718    
100.0  %   $
706,507    
100.0  %
Illinois
  $
441,012     
51.5  %   $
411,081    
51.7  %   $
360,778    
51.1  %
New Mexico
   
115,381     
13.5   
   
115,986    
14.6   
   
105,315    
14.9   
New York
   
71,763     
8.4   
   
92,469    
11.6   
   
86,592    
12.3   
All other states
   
228,425     
26.6   
   
175,182    
22.1   
   
153,822    
21.7   
Total personal care segment net 
    service revenues
  $
856,581     
100.0  %   $
794,718    
100.0  %   $
706,507    
100.0  %
 
With the acquisition of Upstate and the Gentiva Acquisition in 2024, the Company expanded its personal care services to consumers in the state of 
Arizona, Arkansas, California, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas.

Table of Contents
 
36
 
 
Hospice
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
     
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
 
 
Medicare
  $
208,099     
91.2  %   $
186,317     
89.9  %   $
183,407     
90.9  %
Managed care organizations
   
7,603     
3.3   
   
7,037     
3.4   
   
7,353     
3.6   
Other
   
12,489     
5.5   
   
13,801     
6.7   
   
11,012     
5.5   
Total hospice segment net 
    service revenues
  $
228,191     
100.0  %   $
207,155     
100.0  %   $
201,772     
100.0  %
Ohio
  $
84,811     
37.2  %   $
74,871     
36.1  %   $
70,503     
35.0  %
Illinois
   
52,560     
23.0   
   
47,247     
22.8   
   
47,181     
23.4   
New Mexico
   
28,532     
12.5   
   
30,782     
14.9   
   
30,722     
15.2   
All other states
   
62,288     
27.3   
   
54,255     
26.2   
   
53,366     
26.4   
Total hospice segment net 
    service revenues
  $
228,191     
100.0  %   $
207,155     
100.0  %   $
201,772     
100.0  %
With the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care in 2023, the Company expanded its hospice services to patients in the state of Tennessee and with 
the acquisition of JourneyCare in 2022, the Company also expanded its hospice services to patients in the state of Illinois.
 
 
 
Home Health
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
2022
 
 
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
 
 
Medicare
  $
48,562     
69.5  %   $
41,078     
72.3  %   $
31,505     
73.5  %
Managed care organizations
   
17,603     
25.2   
   
12,613     
22.2   
   
8,698     
20.3   
Other
   
3,662     
5.3   
   
3,087     
5.5   
   
2,638     
6.2   
Total home health segment net 
    service revenues
  $
69,827     
100.0  %   $
56,778     
100.0  %   $
42,841     
100.0  %
New Mexico
  $
32,766     
46.9  %   $
32,949     
58.0  %   $
34,111     
79.6  %
Illinois
   
10,564     
15.1   
   
12,851     
22.6   
   
8,730     
20.4   
Tennessee
   
26,497     
38.0   
   
10,978     
19.4   
   
—     
—   
Total home health segment net 
    service revenues
  $
69,827     
100.0  %   $
56,778     
100.0  %   $
42,841     
100.0  %
With the Gentiva Acquisition, the Company expanded its home health services to patients in the state of Tennessee. With the acquisition of 
Tennessee Quality Care in 2023, the Company expanded its home health services to patients in the state of Tennessee.
We derive a significant amount of our net service revenues in Illinois, which represented 43.7% and 44.5% of our net service revenues for the years 
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. A significant amount of our revenue is derived from one payor client, the Illinois Department on Aging, 
the largest payor program for our Illinois personal care operations, which accounted for 21.0% and 20.9% of our net service revenues for the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Changes in Illinois Reimbursement
The City of Chicago requires the Chicago minimum wage to be adjusted annually based on increases in the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), subject 
to a cap and other requirements. On July 1, 2024, the rate was adjusted to $16.20 based on the increase in the CPI.
The Illinois Medicaid omnibus legislation passed in June 2023 included an increase in hourly rates for in-home care services to $28.07, which took 
effect on January 1, 2024, and required a minimum wage rate of $17.00 per hour. CMS approved an amendment to the Illinois HCBS waiver for Persons 
who are Elderly, which included the rate increase for in-home care services to $28.07, effective January 1, 2024.
The Illinois fiscal year 2025 budget includes an increase in hourly rates for in-home care services to $29.63, effective January 1, 2025, and required 
a minimum wage of $18.00 per hour for direct service workers. CMS approved an amendment to Illinois’ Persons who are Elderly waiver program that 
included this rate increase, effective January 1, 2025.

Table of Contents
 
37
Our business will benefit from the rate increases noted above as planned for 2025, but there is no assurance that there will be additional rate 
increases in Illinois for fiscal years beyond fiscal year 2025 to offset increases to minimum wage, and our financial performance will be adversely impacted 
for any periods in which an additional offsetting reimbursement rate increase is not in effect.
Changes in Medicare and Medicaid Reimbursement
Hospice
Hospice services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare Hospice Prospective Payment System, under which CMS sets a 
daily rate for each day a patient is enrolled in the hospice benefit. The daily rate depends on the level of care provided to a patient (routine home care, 
continuous home care, inpatient respite care, or general inpatient care). Daily rates are adjusted for factors such as area wage levels. CMS updates hospice 
payment rates each federal fiscal year. Effective October 1, 2024, CMS increased hospice payment rates by 2.9%. This reflects a 3.4% market basket 
increase and a negative 0.5 percentage point productivity adjustment. Hospices that do not satisfy quality reporting requirements are subject to a 4-
percentage point reduction to the market basket update. 
Overall payments made by Medicare to each hospice provider number are subject to an inpatient cap and an aggregate cap. The inpatient cap limits 
the number of days of inpatient care for which Medicare will pay to no more than 20% of total patient care days. Days in excess of the limitation are paid at 
the routine home care rate. The aggregate cap, which is set each federal fiscal year, limits the total Medicare reimbursement that a hospice may receive in a 
cap year (typically the federal fiscal year), based on an annual per-beneficiary cap amount and the number of Medicare patients served. The aggregate cap 
was updated to $34,465.34 for federal fiscal year 2025. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its inpatient or aggregate caps, it must repay Medicare the 
excess amount.
Home Health
Home health services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare Home Health Prospective Payment System (“HHPPS”), 
which uses national, standardized 30-day period payment rates for periods of care that meet a certain threshold of home health visits (periods of care that do 
not meet the visit threshold are paid a per-visit payment rate for the discipline providing care). Although payment is made for each 30-day period, the 
HHPPS permits continuous 60-day certification periods through which beneficiaries are verified as eligible for the home health benefit. The daily home 
health payment rate is adjusted for case-mix and area wage levels. CMS uses the Patient-Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”) as the case-mix classification 
model to place periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on clinical characteristics and their resource needs. An outlier adjustment 
may be paid for periods of care where costs exceed a specific threshold amount.
CMS updates the HHPPS payment rates each calendar year. For calendar year 2025, CMS estimates that Medicare payments to home health 
agencies will increase by 0.5%. This is based on a home health payment update percentage of 2.7%, which reflects a 3.2% market basket update, reduced 
by a productivity adjustment of 0.5 percentage points and an estimated 1.8% decrease associated with the transition to the PDGM, among other changes. 
Home health providers that do not comply with quality data reporting requirements are subject to a 2-percentage point reduction to their market basket 
update. In addition, Medicare requires home health agencies to submit a one-time Notice of Admission (“NOA”) for each patient that establishes that the 
beneficiary is under a Medicare home health period of care. Failure to submit the NOA within five calendar days from the start of care will result in a 
reduction to the 30-day period payment amount for each day from the start of care date until the date the NOA is submitted.
Under the nationwide Home Health Value-Based Purchasing (“HHVBP”) Model, home health agencies receive increases or decreases to their 
Medicare fee-for-service payments of up to 5% based on performance against specific quality measures relative to the performance of other home health 
providers. Data collected in each performance year will impact Medicare payments two years later.
In certain states, payment of claims may be impacted by the Review Choice Demonstration for Home Health Services, a program intended to 
identify and prevent fraud, reduce the number of Medicare appeals and improve provider compliance with Medicare program requirements. The program is 
currently limited to home health agencies in Illinois, Ohio, Oklahoma, North Carolina, Florida and Texas. Providers in states subject to the Review Choice 
Demonstration for Home Health Services may initially select either pre-claim review or post-payment review. Home health agencies that maintain high 
compliance levels are eligible for additional options that may be less burdensome. This program has not had a material impact on our results of operations 
or financial position.

Table of Contents
 
38
CMS Final Rule: “Ensuring Access to Medicaid Services”
In May 2024, CMS finalized a rule intended to improve access to services and quality of care for Medicaid beneficiaries across fee-for-service and 
managed care delivery systems. The final rule includes significant provisions related to HCBS, including the “80/20” or “payment adequacy” requirement, 
which will require states to ensure that at least 80% of all Medicaid payments a provider receives for homemaker, home health aide, and personal care 
services, less certain excluded costs, under specified programs are spent on total compensation (including benefits) for direct care workers furnishing these 
services, rather than administrative overhead or profit, subject to limited exceptions. States are required to ensure compliance with the 80/20 requirement 
by mid-2030. The final rule includes several other measures intended to promote transparency and enhance quality and access to services, including a 
variety of reporting requirements for states. Given the very long implementation period and the likelihood of further changes as a result of litigation, 
administration and congressional changes, further rule-making and state changes in response to the final rule, it is premature to predict the ultimate impact 
of the final rule on our business.
Potential Developments
Home care and other healthcare providers may be significantly impacted by changes to the Medicaid program, including changes resulting from 
legislation and administrative actions at the federal and state levels. Federal actions may impact funding for, or the structure of, the Medicaid program and 
may shape provider reimbursement rates, eligibility and coverage policies and other aspects of state Medicaid programs. Currently, the federal government 
pays a percentage match for state Medicaid expenditures that varies by state and other factors, with no pre-set limit on federal spending. However, some 
members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised, and Congress may in the future adopt, proposals intended to reduce Medicaid 
expenditures such as restructuring the Medicaid program to give states a “block grant” or fixed amount of overall funding for their respective Medicaid 
programs or to impose spending caps such as per Medicaid beneficiary limits on federal contributions. Reductions in federal funding or changes to the 
federal funding formula for Medicaid could have a significant impact, particularly in states that expanded Medicaid under the ACA and especially if federal 
contributions for Medicaid expansion populations decrease and states are unable to offset the reductions. In addition, some states use or have applied to use 
Medicaid waivers granted by CMS to implement the ACA’s Medicaid expansion provisions, impose different eligibility or enrollment restrictions or 
otherwise implement programs that vary from federal standards. Some of these program variations may reduce the number of current and/or future 
Medicaid enrollees.
The outcome of the 2024 federal elections, affecting both the executive and legislative branches, increases regulatory uncertainty and the potential 
for significant policy changes. President Trump has issued executive orders that impact or may impact the healthcare industry, including an order 
establishing a presidential advisory commission focused on restructuring and streamlining government agencies and reducing or eliminating regulations 
and federal government programs and other expenditures. Further, some members of Congress and the presidential administration have raised potential 
measures intended to accelerate the shift from traditional Medicare to Medicare Advantage or eliminating some or all of the consumer protections 
established by the ACA.
Components of our Statements of Income
Net Service Revenues
We generate net service revenues by providing our services directly to consumers and primarily on an hourly basis in our personal care segment, on 
a daily basis in our hospice segment and on an episodic basis in our home health segment. We receive payment for providing such services from our payor 
clients, including federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private consumers.
In our personal care segment, net service revenues are principally provided based on authorized hours, determined by the relevant agency, at an 
hourly rate, which is either contractual or fixed by legislation, and are recognized at the time services are rendered. In our hospice segment, net service 
revenues are provided based on daily rates for each of the levels of care and are recognized as services are provided. In our home health segment, net 
service revenues are based on an episodic basis at a stated rate and recognized based on the number of days elapsed during a period of care within the 
reporting period. We also record estimated implicit price concessions (based primarily on historical collection experience) related to uninsured accounts to 
record revenues.
Cost of Service Revenues
We incur direct care wages, payroll taxes and benefit-related costs in connection with providing our services. We also provide workers’ 
compensation and general liability coverage for our employees. Employees are also reimbursed for their travel time and related travel costs in certain 
instances.

Table of Contents
 
39
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses include our costs for operating our network of local agencies and our administrative offices. Our agency 
expenses consist of costs for supervisory personnel, our community care supervisors and office administrative costs. Personnel costs include wages, payroll 
taxes and employee benefits. Facility costs include rents, utilities, and postage, telephone and office expenses. Our corporate and support center expenses 
include costs for accounting, information systems, human resources, billing and collections, contracting, marketing and executive leadership. These 
expenses consist of compensation, including stock-based compensation, payroll taxes, employee benefits, legal, accounting and other professional fees, 
travel, general insurance, rents, provision for credit losses and related facility costs. Expenses related to streamlining our operations such as costs related to 
terminated employees, termination of professional services relationships, other contract termination costs and asset write-offs are also included in general 
and administrative expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
Depreciable assets consist principally of furniture and equipment, network administration and telephone equipment and operating system software. 
Depreciable and leasehold assets are depreciated or amortized on a straight-line method over their useful lives or, if less and if applicable, their lease terms. 
We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives, consisting of customer and referral relationships, trade names, trademarks and non-competition 
agreements, using straight line or accelerated methods based upon their estimated useful lives.
Interest Expense
Interest expense is reported when incurred and principally consists of interest and unused credit line fees on the credit facility.
Income Tax Expense
All of our income is from domestic sources. We incur state and local taxes in states in which we operate. Our effective income tax rate was 25.9% 
and 23.1% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The difference between our federal statutory and effective income tax rates was 
principally due to the inclusion of state taxes, non-deductible compensation, and non-deductible permanent items, partially offset by the use of federal 
employment tax credits. 
 
Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated results of operations.
 
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
     
Change
   
 
   
   
Net Service
   
   
   
Net Service
   
   
     
   
 
 
Amount
   
Revenues
   
 
Amount
   
Revenues
   
 
Amount
   
%
   
Net service revenues
  $
1,154,599     
100.0  %   $
1,058,651     
100.0  %   $
95,948     
9.1  %
Cost of service revenues
   
779,578     
67.5   
   
718,775     
67.9   
   
60,803     
8.5   
Gross profit
   
375,021     
32.5   
   
339,876     
32.1 
    
35,145     
10.3   
General and administrative expenses
   
258,800     
22.4   
   
234,794     
22.2   
   
24,006     
10.2   
Depreciation and amortization
   
13,530     
1.2   
   
14,126     
1.3 
    
(596)    
(4.2)  
Total operating expenses
   
272,330     
23.6   
   
248,920     
23.5   
   
23,410     
9.4   
Operating income
   
102,691     
8.9   
   
90,956     
8.6   
   
11,735     
12.9   
Interest income
   
(4,394)    
(0.4)  
   
(1,476)    
(0.1)  
   
(2,918)    
197.7   
Interest expense
   
7,732     
0.7   
   
11,106     
1.0   
   
(3,374)    
(30.4)  
Total interest expense, net
   
3,338     
0.3   
   
9,630     
0.9   
   
(6,292)    
(65.3)  
Income before income taxes
   
99,353     
8.6   
   
81,326     
7.7 
    
18,027     
22.2   
Income tax expense
   
25,755     
2.2   
   
18,810     
1.8   
   
6,945     
36.9   
Net income
  $
73,598     
6.4  %   $
62,516     
5.9  %   $
11,082     
17.7  %
 

Table of Contents
 
40
Net service revenues increased by 9.1% to $1,154.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $1,058.7 million in 2023. Net 
service revenue increased by $61.9 million, $21.0 million and $13.0 million in our personal care, hospice and home health segments, respectively, for the 
year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2023. Net service revenue in our personal care segment increased due to a 5.2% increase in revenues per 
billable hour and a 2.1% increase in billable hours for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023. The increase in our hospice segment revenue 
was primarily due to an increase in average daily census and revenue per patient day, mainly attributed to the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care on 
August 1, 2023. The increase in our home health segment is primarily due to the full-year effect in 2024 of the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care on 
August 1, 2023.
Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, increased to 32.5% for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 32.1% in 2023. The 
increase was primarily attributable to the increase in gross profit percentage in our personal care and hospice segments of 0.4% and 0.2%, respectively, 
offset by a marginal decline in our home health segment of 0.2%. 
General and administrative expenses increased to $258.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $234.8 million in 2023. The 
increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the full-year effect of the Tennessee Quality Care acquisition that resulted in an 
increase in administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs of $11.7 million. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net 
service revenues, slightly increased to 22.4% for 2024, from 22.2% in 2023.
Depreciation and amortization decreased to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from $14.1 million in 2023, primarily due to the 
decrease of intangible asset amortization related to accelerated amortization and the reduction in amortization expense of tradenames, which were fully 
amortized, partially offset by the full-year effect in 2024 of our fiscal year 2023 acquisitions and fiscal year 2024 acquisitions.
Total interest expense, net decreased to $7.7 million from $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023. The decrease in 
interest expense was primarily due to decreased amounts held under our credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023. Interest 
income increased $2.9 million due to an increase in cash investment into interest bearing accounts from the Company’s public offering of common stock.
All of our income is from domestic sources. We incur state and local taxes in states in which we operate. The effective income tax rate was 25.9% 
and 23.1% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Our higher effective income tax rate in 2024 was due to the increase of non-
deductible compensation and non-deductible permanent items, as well as lower benefit from the use of federal employment tax credits. For the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the non-deductible compensation, non-deductible permanent items, and federal employment tax credits were 0.8% and 
(1.7)%, respectively.

Table of Contents
 
41
Results of Operations – Segments 
The following tables and related analysis summarize our operating results and business metrics by segment: 
Personal Care Segment 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
     
2023
     
Change
   
 
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Segment
Net 
Service
Revenues      
Amount
   
% of
Segment
Net 
Service
Revenues      
Amount
   
%
   
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages)
   
Operating Results
 
    
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
     
   
Net service revenues
  $
856,581   
 
100.0  %   $
794,718   
 
100.0  %   $
61,863     
7.8  %
Cost of services revenues
   
614,541   
 
71.7   
   
572,807   
 
72.1   
   
41,734     
7.3   
Gross profit
   
242,040   
 
28.3   
   
221,911   
 
27.9   
   
20,129     
9.1   
General and administrative expenses
   
67,823   
 
7.9   
   
64,382   
 
8.1   
   
3,441     
5.3   
Segment operating income
  $
174,217   
 
20.4  %   $
157,529   
 
19.8  %   $
16,688     
10.6  %
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
    
   
 
Business Metrics (Actual Numbers, Except
   Billable Hours in Thousands)
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
      
   
Locations at period end
   
196   
 
   
   
156   
 
   
 
      
   
Average billable census * 
   
52,019   
 
   
   
38,521   
 
   
   
13,498     
35.0  %
Billable hours * 
   
31,309   
 
   
   
30,658   
 
   
   
651     
2.1   
Average billable hours per census per month * 
   
71.5   
 
   
   
66.2   
 
   
   
5.3     
8.0   
Billable hours per business day *
   
119,498   
 
   
   
117,915   
 
   
   
1,583     
1.3   
Revenues per billable hour * 
  $
27.21   
 
   
  $
25.86   
 
   
  $
1.35     
5.2  %
Same store growth revenue % * 
   
7.7  %  
   
   
12.1  %  
   
   
(4.4)    
(36.4)  
 
(1)
Average billable census is the number of unique clients receiving a billable service during the year and is the total census divided by months in operation during the 
period. 
(2)
Billable hours is the total number of hours served to clients during the period. Average billable hours per census per month is billable hours divided by average 
billable census. Billable hours per day is total billable hours divided by the number of business days in the period. Revenues per billable hour is revenue, attributed 
to billable hours, divided by billable hours.	
(3)
Same store growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the same store base. We define the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 
full weeks. This measure highlights the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact of acquisitions, new store openings and closures, and American 
Rescue Plan Act of 2021 associated revenue from this calculation.
 
* Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and 
acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to 
period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends 
affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to 
investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not 
be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully 
evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
The personal care segment derives a significant amount of its net service revenues from operations in Illinois, which represented 38.2% and 38.8% 
of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. One payor client, the Illinois Department on Aging, accounted 
for 21.0% and 20.9% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net service revenues from state, local and 
other governmental programs accounted for 53.3% and 50.4% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Managed care organizations accounted for 44.0% and 46.2% of net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, with 
commercial insurance, private pay and other payors accounting for the remainder of net service revenues.
Net service revenues increased by 7.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily as a result 
of an increase in revenues per billable hour of 5.2%, mainly attributed to the rate increases discussed above. 
(1)
(2)
(2)
 (2)
(2)
(3)

Table of Contents
 
42
Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, increased from 27.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023 to 28.3% for the year 
ended December 31, 2024 due to an increase in the reimbursement rate.
The personal care segment’s general and administrative expenses primarily consist of administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs, rent, 
information technology and office expenses. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, was 7.9% and 8.1% 
for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Hospice Segment 
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
Change
   
 
 
Amount
   
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
     
Amount
   
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
     
Amount
   
%
   
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages)
   
Operating Results
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
   
   
     
   
Net service revenues
  $
228,191     
100.0  %   $
207,155     
100.0  %   $
21,036     
10.2  %
Cost of services revenues
   
120,922     
53.0   
   
110,219     
53.2   
   
10,703     
9.7   
Gross profit
   
107,269     
47.0   
   
96,936     
46.8   
   
10,333     
10.7   
General and administrative expenses
   
55,338     
24.3   
   
52,083     
25.1   
   
3,255     
6.2   
Segment operating income
  $
51,931     
22.7  %   $
44,853     
21.7  %   $
7,078     
15.8  %
 
 
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
Business Metrics (Actual Numbers)
 
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
Locations at period end
   
38     
   
   
39     
   
 
       
   
Admissions * 
   
12,866     
   
   
12,902     
   
   
(36)    
(0.3) %
Average daily census * 
   
3,461     
   
   
3,415     
   
   
46     
1.3   
Average length of stay * 
   
94.1     
   
   
94.4     
   
   
(0.3)    
(0.3)  
Patient days * 
    1,266,701     
   
    1,203,522     
   
   
63,179     
5.2   
Revenue per patient day * 
  $
181.08     
   
  $
175.43     
   
  $
5.65     
3.2  %
Organic growth
 
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
 - Revenue * 
   
5.9  %  
   
   
2.0  %  
   
 
       
   
 - Average daily census * 
   
1.3  %  
   
   
0.3  %  
   
 
       
   
 
(1)
Represents referral process and new patients on service during the period.
(2)
Average daily census is total patient days divided by the number of days in the period, adjusted for patient days for acquisitions beginning on date of acquisition. 
(3)
Average length of stay is the average number of days a patient is on service, calculated upon discharge, and is total patient days divided by total discharges in the 
period.	
(4)
Patient days is days of service for all patients in the period.
(5)
Revenue per patient day is hospice revenue divided by the number of patient days in the period.
(6)
Revenue organic growth and average daily census organic growth reflect the change in year-over-year revenue and average daily census for the same store base. We 
define the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 full weeks. These measures highlight the performance of existing stores, while excluding the 
impact of acquisitions, new store openings and closures.
* Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and 
acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to 
period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends 
affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to 
investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not 
be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully 
evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
 
Hospice generates revenue by providing care to patients with a life expectancy of six months or less, as well as related services for their families. 
Hospice offers four levels of care, as defined by Medicare, to meet the varying needs of patients and their families. The four levels of hospice include 
routine care, continuous care, general inpatient care and respite care. Our hospice segment principally provides routine care.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(6)

Table of Contents
 
43
Net service revenues from Medicare accounted for 91.2% and 89.9% and managed care organizations accounted for 3.3% and 3.4% for the years 
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net service revenues increased by $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2023 primarily due to increases in average daily census and revenue per patient day, mainly attributed to the organic growth and 
the acquisition of the operations of Tennessee Quality Care on August 1, 2023. 
Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, was relatively consistent at 47.0% and 46.8% for the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively. 
The hospice segment’s general and administrative expenses primarily consist of administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs, rent, 
information technology and office expenses. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, was 24.3% and 25.1% 
for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to more efficient 
operations for administrative employees for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Home Health Segment 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
     
Change
   
 
 
Amount
   
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
     
Amount
   
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
     
Amount
   
%
   
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except Percentages)
   
Operating Results
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
   
     
   
Net service revenues
  $
69,827   
 
100.0  %   $
56,778   
 
100.0  %   $
13,049     
23.0  %
Cost of services revenues
   
44,115   
 
63.2   
   
35,749   
 
63.0   
   
8,366     
23.4   
Gross profit
   
25,712   
 
36.8   
   
21,029   
 
37.0   
   
4,683     
22.3   
General and administrative expenses
   
17,778   
 
25.5   
   
14,017   
 
24.7   
   
3,761     
26.8   
Segment operating income
  $
7,934   
 
11.3  %   $
7,012   
 
12.3  %   $
922     
13.1  %
 
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
       
   
Business Metrics (Actual Numbers)
 
    
 
   
 
    
 
   
 
       
   
Locations at period end
   
24   
 
   
   
24   
 
   
 
       
   
New admissions * 
   
18,622   
 
   
   
16,251   
 
   
   
2,371     
14.6  %
Recertifications * 
   
13,047   
 
   
   
9,030   
 
   
   
4,017     
44.5   
Total volume * 
   
31,669   
 
   
   
25,281   
 
   
   
6,388     
25.3   
Visits * 
   
422,516   
 
   
   
344,919   
 
   
   
77,597     
22.5  %
Organic growth
 
       
   
 
       
   
 
     
    
 - Revenue * 
   
(3.1) %  
   
   
(7.1) %  
   
   
     
   
 
(1)
Represents new patients during the period.
(2)
A home health certification period begins with a start of care visit and continues for 60 days. If at the end of the initial certification, the patient continues to require 
home health services, a recertification is required. This represents the number of recertifications during the period.
(3)
Total volume is total admissions and total recertifications in the period.
(4)
Represents number of services to patients in the period.
(5)
Revenue organic growth and new admissions organic growth reflect the change in year-over-year revenue and new admissions for the same store base. We define 
the same store base to include those stores open for at least 52 full weeks. These measures highlight the performance of existing stores, while excluding the impact 
of acquisitions, new store openings and closures.
* Management deems these metrics to be key performance indicators. Management uses these metrics to monitor our performance, both in our existing operations and 
acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations from period to 
period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, identify trends 
affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they are useful to 
investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance indicators should not 
be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented herein to fully 
evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other companies.
 
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

Table of Contents
 
44
Home health generates revenue by providing home health services on a short-term, intermittent or episodic basis to individuals, generally to treat an 
illness or injury. Net service revenues from Medicare accounted for 69.5% and 72.3% and managed care organizations accounted for 25.2% and 22.2% for 
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Home health services provided to Medicare beneficiaries are paid under the Medicare HHPPS, 
which uses national, standardized 30-day period payment rates for periods of care. CMS uses the PDGM as the case-mix classification model to place 
periods of care into payment categories, classifying patients based on clinical characteristics. An outlier adjustment may be paid for periods of care in 
which costs exceed a specific threshold amount.
Net service revenues increased by $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023. Total visits increased for the year ended 
December 31, 2023, mainly attributed to the full-year effect of the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care on August 1, 2023.
Gross profit, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, was relatively consistent at 36.8% and 37.0% for the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively. 
The home health segment’s general and administrative expenses consist of administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs, rent, information 
technology and office expenses. General and administrative expenses, expressed as a percentage of net service revenues, were 25.5% and 24.7% for the 
years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in 
administrative employee wages, taxes and benefit costs for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for 
analysis of our results of operations as reported under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The financial results 
presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be 
carefully evaluated.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense, other non-operating income, taxes, depreciation, amortization, acquisition 
expenses, stock-based compensation expense, restructure expenses and other non-recurring costs, gain or loss on the sale of assets, impairment of operating 
lease assets, retroactive rate increases from New York and the retroactive impact from collective bargaining negotiations. Adjusted EBITDA is a 
performance measure used by management that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for 
net income, operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, our calculation of 
Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, management and others in evaluating our operating performance for the 
following reasons:
•
By reporting Adjusted EBITDA, we believe that we provide investors with insight and consistency in our financial reporting and present a 
basis for comparison of our business operations between current, past and future periods. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA allows 
management, investors and others to evaluate and compare our core operating results, including return on capital and operating 
efficiencies, from period to period, by removing the impact of our capital structure (interest expense), asset base (amortization and 
depreciation), tax consequences, stock-based compensation expense and other identified adjustments.
•
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a measure widely used by securities analysts, investors and others to evaluate the financial 
performance of other public companies.
•
We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $11.2 million, $10.3 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 
2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. By comparing our Adjusted EBITDA in different periods, our investors can evaluate our operating 
results without stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash expense which we believe is not a key measure of our operations.

Table of Contents
 
45
In addition, management has chosen to use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure because we believe that the amount of non-cash expenses, 
such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business 
operations, and because such expenses can vary significantly from period to period as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired 
tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be. This facilitates internal comparisons to historical operating 
results, as well as external comparisons to the operating results of our competitors and other companies in the personal care services industry. Because 
management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful as a performance measure, management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
•
as one of our primary financial measures in the day-to-day oversight of our business to allocate financial and human resources across our 
organization, to assess appropriate levels of marketing and other initiatives and to generally enhance the financial performance of our 
business;
•
in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as well as for other planning purposes on a quarterly and annual basis, including 
allocations in order to implement our growth strategy, to determine appropriate levels of investments in acquisitions and to endeavor to 
achieve strong core operating results;
•
to evaluate the effectiveness of business strategies, such as the allocation of resources, the mix of organic growth and acquisitive growth 
and adjustments to our payor mix;
•
as a means of evaluating the effectiveness of management in directing our core operating performance, which we consider to be 
performance that can be affected by our management in any particular period through their allocation and use of resources that affect our 
underlying revenue and profit-generating operations during that period;
•
for the valuation of prospective acquisitions, and to evaluate the effectiveness of integration of past acquisitions into our Company; and
•
in communications with our Board concerning our financial performance.
Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has 
limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under 
GAAP. Some of these limitations include:
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual 
commitments;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense or interest income;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes;
•
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in 
the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any acquisition expenses;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any stock-based compensation;
•
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any restructure expense and other non-recurring costs; and
•
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative 
measure.
Management compensates for these limitations by using GAAP financial measures in addition to Adjusted EBITDA in managing the day-to-day and 
long-term operations of our business. We believe that consideration of Adjusted EBITDA, together with a careful review of our GAAP financial measures, 
is the most informed method of analyzing our Company.

Table of Contents
 
46
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2024
 
 
2023
   
2022
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA 
   
    
     
 
Net income
  $
73,598   $
62,516    $
46,025 
Interest expense, net
   
3,338    
9,630     
8,566 
Impact of retroactive New York rate increase
   
(3,004)   
(868)    
— 
Income tax expense
   
25,755    
18,810     
14,146 
Depreciation and amortization
   
13,530    
14,126     
14,060 
Acquisition expenses
   
14,678    
6,220     
7,657 
Stock-based compensation expense
   
11,165    
10,319     
10,625 
Restructure expense and other related costs
   
—    
269     
461 
Impairment of operating lease assets
   
4,968    
—     
— 
Gain on sale of assets
   
(3,738)   
(2)    
(60)
Adjusted EBITDA*
  $
140,290   $
121,020    $
101,480 
 
(a)
The selected historical Consolidated Statements of Income data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, were derived from our audited 
Consolidated Financial Statements.
* Management deems Adjusted EBITDA to be a key performance indicator. Management uses key performance indicators to monitor our performance, both in our existing 
operations and acquisitions. Many of these metrics serve as the basis of reported revenues and assessment of these, provide direct correlation to the results of operations 
from period to period and facilitate comparison with the results of our peers. Historical trends established in these metrics can be used to evaluate current operating results, 
identify trends affecting our business, determine the allocation of resources and assess the quality and potential variability of our cash flows and earnings. We believe they 
are useful to investors in evaluating and understanding our business but should not be used solely in assessing the Company’s performance. These key performance 
indicators should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures 
presented herein to fully evaluate and understand the business as a whole. These measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled performance indicators used by other 
companies.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand and cash from operations and borrowings under our credit facility. At December 31, 2024 and 
2023, we had cash balances of $98.9 million and $64.8 million, respectively. Cash flows from operating activities represent the inflow of cash from our 
payor clients and the outflow of cash for payroll and payroll taxes, operating expenses, interest and taxes. 
We drew approximately $233.0 million on the revolver portion of our credit facility to fund, in part, the purchase price paid in connection with the 
Gentiva Acquisition and repaid $136.4 million under our revolving credit facility in 2024. At December 31, 2024, we had a total of $223.0 million in 
revolving loans, with an interest rate of 6.34% outstanding on our credit facility. After giving effect to the amounts drawn on our credit facility, 
approximately $8.0 million of outstanding letters of credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the 
Credit Agreement), we had $577.7 million of capacity and $346.6 million available for borrowing under our credit facility. At December 31, 2023, we had 
a total of $126.4 million of revolving loans, with an interest rate of 7.21%. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company drew approximately 
$110.0 million on the revolver portion of its credit facility to fund, in part, the Tennessee Quality Care acquisition.
Our credit facility requires us to maintain a total net leverage ratio not exceeding 3.75:1.00. At December 31, 2024, we were in compliance with our 
financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Although we believe our liquidity position remains strong, we can provide no assurance that we will 
remain in compliance with the covenants in our Credit Agreement, and in the future, it may prove necessary to seek an amendment with the bank lending 
group under our credit facility. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Borrowing Capacity
The Company’s Credit Agreement provides for a $650.0 million revolving credit facility and a $150.0 million incremental loan facility, which 
incremental loan facility may be for term loans or an increase to the revolving loan commitments. The maturity of the credit facility is July 30, 2028. 
 
(a):

Table of Contents
 
47
See Note 9, Long-Term Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our long-term debt.
Public Offering
On June 28, 2024, the Company completed a public offering of an aggregate 1,725,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 
including 225,000 shares of common stock sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, at a public 
offering price of $108.00 per share (the “Public Offering”). The Company received net proceeds of approximately $175.6 million, after deducting 
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses of approximately $10.7 million. The Company used approximately $81.4 million from the net 
proceeds of the Public Offering for the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under its credit facility and may use any remaining net proceeds of the 
Public Offering for general corporate purposes, including the Gentiva Acquisition and any future acquisitions or investments. The Public Offering resulted 
in an increase to additional paid in capital of approximately $175.6 million on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2024.
Current Macroeconomic Conditions and American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 Relief Funding
Economic conditions in the United States continue to be challenging in certain respects. For example, the United States economy continues to 
experience inflationary pressures, elevated interest rates and challenging labor market conditions. Any economic downturn would pose a risk to states’ 
revenues, which in turn could affect our reimbursements and collections received for services rendered. Depending on the severity and length of any 
potential economic downturn as well as the extent of any federal support, states could face significant fiscal challenges and revise their revenue forecasts 
and adjust their budgets, and sales tax collections and income tax withholdings could be depressed.
ARPA Spending Plans
The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”) provides for $350 billion in relief funding for eligible state, local, territorial, and Tribal 
governments to mitigate the fiscal effects of the COVID-19 public health emergency. Additionally, the law provided for a 10-percentage point increase in 
federal matching funds for Medicaid HCBS from April 1, 2021, through March 31, 2022, provided the state satisfied certain conditions. States are 
generally permitted to use the state funds equivalent to the additional federal funds through March 31, 2025, but CMS has granted extensions to several 
states. States must use the monies attributable to this matching fund increase to supplement, not supplant, their level of state spending for the 
implementation of activities enhanced under the Medicaid HCBS in effect as of April 1, 2021.
HCBS spending plans for the additional matching funds vary by state, but common initiatives in which the Company is participating include those 
aimed at strengthening the provider workforce (e.g., efforts to recruit, retain, and train direct service providers). The Company is required to properly and 
fully document the use of such funds in reports to the state in which the funds originated. Funds may be subject to recoupment if not expended or if they 
are expended on non-approved uses. 
The Company received state funding provided by the ARPA in an aggregate amount of $15.7 million and $3.7 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company utilized $10.2 million and $10.5 million of these funds during the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively, primarily for caregivers and adding support to recruiting and retention efforts. The deferred portion of ARPA funding was 
$11.2 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included within Government stimulus advances on 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes historical changes in our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $
116,434   $
112,247   $
105,110 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(354,610)   
(119,236)   
(106,590)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
   
272,296    
(8,181)   
(87,454)
Net cash provided by operating activities was $116.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $112.2 million in 2023 primarily 
due to the increase in net income offset by a decrease in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The changes in accounts receivable 
were primarily related to the growth in revenue during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023, as described below. The related receivables 
due from the Illinois Department on Aging represented 21.7% and 25.8% of net accounts receivable at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Table of Contents
 
48
Net cash used in investing activities was $354.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $119.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2023. Our investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily consisted of $0.4 million for the acquisition of Upstate, 
$353.5 million for the Gentiva Acquisition, $6.1 million in purchases of property and equipment related to technology infrastructure, offset by $5.4 million 
in proceeds received on the sale of our New York business. Our investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of $1.0 million 
primarily for the acquisition of CareStaff, $111.2 million for the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care and $9.4 million in purchases of property and 
equipment primarily related to technology infrastructure. 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $272.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to net cash used in $8.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2023. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 included borrowings of $233.0 million on the revolver 
portion of our credit facility to fund the Gentiva Acquisition, $175.6 million in net proceeds received from the Public Offering and cash received from the 
exercise of stock options of $3.4 million, offset by $136.4 million payment on the revolver portion of our credit facility and cash paid for debt issuance 
costs of $3.4 million. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 included borrowings of $110.0 million on the revolver portion of our 
credit facility to fund two acquisitions and the payment of $118.5 million of our revolving loans.
Outstanding Accounts Receivable
Gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $126.4 million and $117.8 million, respectively. Outstanding accounts 
receivable, net of the allowance for credit losses, increased by $7.4 million as of December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023. The open receivable 
balance from the Illinois Department on Aging, the largest payor program for the Company’s Illinois personal care operation, decreased by $3.1 million 
from $29.8 million as of December 31, 2023 to $26.7 million as of December 31, 2024. Our collection procedures include review of account aging and 
direct contact with our payors. We have historically not used collection agencies. An uncollectible amount is written off to the allowance account after 
reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted.
We calculate our DSO by taking the accounts receivable outstanding, net of the allowance for credit losses, divided by the net service revenues for 
the last quarter, multiplied by the number of days in that quarter. Our DSOs were 39 days at each of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The DSOs for our 
largest payor, the Illinois Department on Aging, at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were 40 days and 50 days, respectively. 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2024, we did not have any off-balance sheet guarantees or arrangements with unconsolidated entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in 
accordance with GAAP. The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expense and related disclosures.
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. An accounting policy is deemed to be 
critical if it involves a significant level of estimation uncertainty and has had or is reasonably likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or 
results of operations. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other sources and factors that we believe to be reasonable under 
the circumstances, however, actual results may differ from these estimates. Our critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments 
that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Table of Contents
 
49
Revenue Recognition, Accounts Receivable and Allowances
Net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services 
directly to consumers. Receipts are from federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private 
consumers for services rendered. The Company assesses the consumers’ ability to pay at the time of their admission based on the Company’s verification 
of the customer’s insurance coverage under the Medicare, Medicaid, and other commercial or managed care insurance programs. Laws and regulations 
governing the governmental programs in which we participate are complex and subject to interpretation. Net service revenues related to uninsured 
accounts, or self-pay, is recorded net of implicit price concessions estimated based on historical collection experience to reduce revenue to the estimated 
amount we expect to collect. Amounts collected from all sources may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price concessions resulting from client 
eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences and other reasons unrelated to credit 
risk. We monitor our net service revenues and collections from these sources and record any necessary adjustment to net service revenues based upon 
management’s assessment of historical write offs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in federal, state and private 
employer healthcare coverage and other collection indicators. 
Accounts receivable is reduced to the amount expected to be collected in future periods for services rendered to customers prior to the balance sheet 
date. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions based upon historical experience and other 
factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection experience in relation to amounts 
billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. Collection of net service revenues we expect to receive is 
normally a function of providing complete and correct billing information to the payors within the various filing deadlines. The evaluation of these 
historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments impacting the determination of the implicit price concession assumption. In addition, 
we compare our cash collections to recorded net service revenues and evaluate our historical allowances, including implicit price concessions, based upon 
the ultimate resolution of the accounts receivable balance.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Under business combination accounting, assets and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the 
consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The Company’s significant 
identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks and state licenses. The Company uses various 
valuation techniques to determine initial fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, discounted cash flow analysis, 
and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation 
approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected periods over 
which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables. The Company estimates the fair values of the trade names using the relief-
from-royalty method, which requires assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the relief from royalty rate for such revenue, the 
tax rate and the discount rate. The Company estimates the fair value of existing indefinite-lived state licenses based on a blended approach of the 
replacement cost method and cost savings method, which involves estimating the total process costs and opportunity costs to obtain a license, by estimating 
future earnings before interest and taxes and applying an estimated discount rate, tax rate and time to obtain the license. The Company estimates the fair 
value of existing finite-lived state licenses based on a method of analyzing the definite revenue streams with the license and without the license, which 
involves estimating revenues and expenses, estimated time to build up to a current revenue base, which is market specific, and the non-licensed revenue 
allocation, revenue growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of customer and referral relationships 
based on a multi-period excess earnings method, which involves identifying revenue streams associated with the assets, estimating the attrition rates based 
upon historical financial data, expenses and cash flows associated with the assets, contributory asset charges, rates of return for specific assets, growth 
rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of non-competition agreements based on a method of analyzing the 
factors to compete and factors not to compete, which involves estimating historical financial data, forecasted financial statements, growth rates, tax 
amortization benefit, discount rate, review of factors to compete and factors not to compete as well as an assessment of the probability of successful 
enforcement for each non-competition agreement.

Table of Contents
 
50
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, goodwill was $970.6 million and $663.0 million, respectively, included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The carrying value of our goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired from various acquisitions. In accordance 
with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test goodwill 
for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change 
in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. We may elect to use a qualitative test to determine 
whether impairment has occurred, focused on various factors including macroeconomic conditions, market trends, specific reporting unit financial 
performance and other entity specific events, to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, 
including goodwill. We may also bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative test. Additionally, it is our policy to update the fair value 
calculation of our reporting units and perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test on a periodic basis. The quantitative goodwill impairment test 
involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
value, then goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then goodwill is impaired to the extent of the 
difference. 
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we performed the quantitative analysis to evaluate whether an impairment occurred. Since 
quoted market prices for our reporting units are not available, we rely on widely accepted valuation techniques to determine fair value, including 
discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches, which capture both the future income potential of the reporting unit and the market behaviors and 
actions of market participants in the industry that includes the reporting unit. These types of models require us to make assumptions and estimates 
regarding future cash flows, industry-specific economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. The discounted cash flow model uses a 
projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. The market multiple model estimates 
fair value based on market multiples of earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Under the discounted cash flow model, the 
projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit using significant 
assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating margins and the weighted-average cost of capital.
Based on the totality of the information available, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair values of our reporting units 
were greater than their carrying values. Consequently, we concluded that there were no impairments for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022. 
The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions management believes to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. 
Actual future results may differ from those estimates.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, was $109.6 million and $92.0 million, respectively, included in 
our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names, trademarks, state licenses 
and non-competition agreements. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods based upon the estimated useful 
lives of the respective assets, which range from one to twenty-five years, and assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over the periods of expected 
economic benefit, which range from five to ten years. We would recognize an impairment loss when the estimated future non-discounted cash flows 
associated with the intangible asset are less than the carrying value. An impairment charge would then be recorded for the excess of the carrying value over 
the fair value. We estimate the fair value of these intangible assets using the income approach. In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other 
Intangible Assets, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment at the 
reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or 
regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. No impairment charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 
2024, 2023 or 2022. Amortization of intangible assets is reported in the statement of income caption, “Depreciation and amortization” and not included in 
the income statement caption cost of service revenues.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Table of Contents
 
51
Standby Letters of Credit
We had outstanding letters of credit of $8.0 million at December 31, 2024. These standby letters of credit benefit our third-party insurer for our high 
deductible workers’ compensation insurance program. The amount of the letters of credit is negotiated annually in conjunction with the insurance renewals.
Material Cash Requirements
We believe that our existing cash on hand, our anticipated cash flows from operations and amounts available under our Credit Agreement will be 
sufficient to fund our anticipated operating and investing needs for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future thereafter. Cash from operations could 
also be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to the effects of risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A—”Risk Factors”
Debt
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had outstanding debt on our revolving loan under our credit facility of $223.0 million, payable on July 30, 
2028. Interest payments associated with the debt aggregate to $54.5 million, with $15.6 million payable within 12 months. As described in Note 9 to the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, interest on borrowings under the revolving loan are variable. The calculated interest payable amounts use 
actual rates available through January 2024 and assumes the January rates of 6.34%, for all future interest payable on the revolving loans. See Note 9, 
Long-Term Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our long-term debt.
Leases
The Company has lease arrangements for local branches, our corporate headquarters and certain equipment. As of December 31, 2024, the Company 
had fixed lease payment obligations aggregating to $65.0 million, with $15.8 million payable within 12 months. See Note 2, Leases, to the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details of our leases.
The Company sublet a portion of its corporate headquarters space in Frisco, Texas in November 2022 to a third party under a two-year sublease term 
for a monthly base rent of $0.1 million. The sublease expired in January 2025. As the result, the Company recorded $5.0 million in impairment charges on 
operating lease assets, included within general administrative expenses. Of the $5.0 million in impairment charges on operating lease assets recorded, $2.2 
million in exit charges was included.
Impact of Inflation
The United States has recently experienced high rates of inflation. These inflationary conditions have resulted in, and may continue to result in, 
increased operating costs, particularly as the result of increased wages we have paid and may continue to pay our caregivers and other personnel and our 
ability to attract and retain personnel. Increased price levels might allow us to increase our fees to private pay clients, but our ability to realize rate increases 
from government programs might be limited despite inflation. Inflation may also raise our financing costs. For additional information regarding the risks to 
us from the current competitive labor market and increasing labor costs, see Item 1A—Risk Factors — “We may not be able to attract and retain qualified 
personnel or we may incur increased costs in doing so.”

Table of Contents
 
52
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt. As of December 31, 2024, we had 
outstanding borrowings of approximately $223.0 million on our credit facility, all of which was subject to variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2023, 
we had outstanding borrowings of approximately $126.4 million on our credit facility, all of which was subject to variable interest rates. If the variable 
rates on this debt were 100 basis points higher than the rate applicable to the borrowing during the year ended December 31, 2024, our net income would 
have decreased by $0.6 million, or $0.03 per diluted share. We do not currently have any derivative or hedging arrangements, or other known exposures, to 
changes in interest rates.
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Our Consolidated Financial Statements together with the related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the report of our independent 
registered public accounting firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15—”Exhibits  and Financial Statement Schedules.”
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.	
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure 
controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods 
specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal 
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 
Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 
Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2024.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in 
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Under 
the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an 
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal 
Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2024. 
Under SEC Staff guidance, companies are permitted to exclude acquisitions from their first assessment of internal control over financial reporting 
which covers the period in which such acquisition was completed. We excluded the personal care business of Curo Health Services, LLC, a Delaware 
limited liability company that does business as Gentiva (the “Gentiva Acquisition”), from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2024 because it was acquired in a purchase business combination on December 2, 2024.
 
 
•
These acquired operations represented 2.0% of our revenues, 3.0% of our operating income and 2.4% of our assets as of and for the year ended 
December 31, 2024.
 

Table of Contents
 
53
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an 
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears within Part IV, Item 15—“Exhibits and Financial Statement 
Schedules.”
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 
15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2024 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.	
OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, during the quarter ended December 31, 2024, no director or Section 16 officer 
adopted or terminated any Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements, as such terms are defined in Item 408 of 
Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C.	
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 
Not applicable.

Table of Contents
 
54
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K as we intend to file our definitive Proxy Statement for the 
2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by 
this Annual Report, and certain information included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2025 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after 
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and members of 
our Board of Directors, and our subsidiaries. The Code of Conduct addresses, among other things, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, corporate 
opportunities, protection and proper use of Company assets, confidential and proprietary information, integrity of records, compliance with accounting 
principles and relations with government agencies. A copy of the current version of our Code of Conduct is available in the Investors—Corporate 
Governance section of our internet website located at www.addus.com. A copy of the Code of Conduct is also available in print, free of charge, to any 
stockholder who requests it by writing to Addus HomeCare Corporation, 6303 Cowboys Way, Suite 600, Frisco, TX 75034. We intend to post amendments 
to or waivers from, if any, our Code of Conduct at this location on our website, in each case to the extent such amendment or waiver would otherwise 
require the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Item 5.05 thereof.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2025 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after 
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2025 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after 
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2025 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after 
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the 2025 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after 
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

Table of Contents
 
55
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
(1), (2) The Financial Statements listed on the index on page F-1 following are included herein. All schedules are omitted, either because they 
are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
(b)
Exhibits
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  
Description of Document
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date Filing
 
Exhibit
Number
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
3.1
  
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Addus HomeCare 
Corporation dated as of October 27, 2009.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504  
11/20/2009
 
3.1
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
3.2
  
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Addus HomeCare Corporation, as amended 
by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
05/9/2013
 
3.2
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
4.1
  Form of Common Stock Certificate.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
10/2/2009
 
4.1
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
4.2
  
Description of Securities of Addus HomeCare Corporation Registered under 
Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
8/10/2020
 
4.2
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.1*
  Addus Holding Corporation 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
7/17/2009
 
10.12
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.2*
  
Director Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate under the 2006 Stock 
Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
7/17/2009
 
10.13
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.3*
  
Executive Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate under the 2006 
Stock Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
7/17/2009
 
10.14
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.4
  2009 Form of Indemnification Agreement.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
7/17/2009
 
10.16
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.5*
  Form of Addus HomeCare Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
9/21/2009
 
10.20
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.6*
  
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to the 2009 
Stock Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
9/21/2009
 
10.20(a)
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.7*
  
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the 2009 Stock 
Incentive Plan.
 
S-1
  333-160634  
9/21/2009
 
10.20(b)
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.8
  
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2015, by and among 
Addus HealthCare, Inc., Margaret Coffey, Carol Kolar, South Shore Home 
Health Service, Inc. and Acaring Home Care, LLC.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
5/8/2015
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.9
  
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2017, by and among Addus Healthcare, 
Inc., as the Borrower, the other parties from time to time a party thereto, and 
Capital One, National Association, as a Lender and Swing Lender and as Agent 
for all Lenders, Suntrust Bank, as Documentation Agent, Bank of the West, 
Compass Bank, Fifth Third Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-
Syndication Agents, the other financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, 
Capital One, National Association, Bank of the West, Compass Bank, Fifth 
Third Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Suntrust Robinson Humphrey 
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Capital One, National Association, as Sole 
Bookrunner.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
5/9/2017
 
10.3
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.10*
  
Addus HomeCare Corporation’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, effective as of 
April 27, 2017.
 
8-K
 
001-34504
 
6/16/2017
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
   
   
   

Table of Contents
 
56
10.11*
  
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to the 2017 
Omnibus Incentive Plan.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
3/14/2018
 
10.28
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.12*
  
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to the 2017 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
3/14/2018
 
10.29
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.13
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2018, by and among Addus 
Healthcare, Inc., Michael J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, individually, Michael 
J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, as Trustees of the Merrell Revocable Trust 
UTA dated June 3, 2012, and Michael J. Merrell and Mary E. Merrell, as 
Trustees of the Ambercare Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan Trust.
 
8-K
 
001-34504
 
3/5/2018
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.14
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among Addus HealthCare, 
Inc., as borrower, the Company, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the 
Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, and Capital One, National Association, 
as administrative agent.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/11/2018
 
10.2
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.15*
 
Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, 
dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and R. Dirk 
Allison.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/11/2018
 
10.3
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.16*
 
Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, 
dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Brian 
Poff.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/11/2018
 
10.4
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.17*
 
Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, 
dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Darby 
Anderson.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/11/2018
 
10.6
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.18*
 
Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, 
dated November 5, 2018, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and W. 
Bradley Bickham.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/11/2018
 
10.7
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.19
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018, by and 
among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as borrower, the Company, the other Credit 
Parties party thereto, the Lenders and L/C Issuers party thereto, and Capital 
One, National Association, as administrative agent.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
11/8/2018
 
10.2
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.20*
 
Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective April 29, 2019, by and 
between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Sean Gaffney.
 
8-K
 
001-34504
 
4/8/2019
 
99.2
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.21*
 
Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective November 7, 2019, by 
and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and David Tucker.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
8/10/2020
 
10.40
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.22*
 
Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective November 7, 2019, by 
and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Mike Wattenbarger.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
8/10/2020
 
10.41
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.23
 
Equity Purchase Agreement, dated August 25, 2019, by and among Addus 
Healthcare, Inc., Hospice Partners of America, LLC, New Capital Partners II – 
HS, Inc., Senior Care Services, LLC, Eastside Partners II, L.P., and New 
Capital Partners II, LLC.
 
S-3ASR   333-233600  
9/3/2019
 
2.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.24
 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
September 12, 2019, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, 
Addus HomeCare Corporation, other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital One, 
National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the other 
Lenders party thereto.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
9/13/2019
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.25
 
Unit Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2020, by and among Addus 
Healthcare, Inc., Queen City Hospice, LLC, Miracle City Hospice, LLC, and 
QCH Holdings LLC.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
3/1/2021
 
10.45
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   

Table of Contents
 
57
10.26
 
Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement, dated December 3, 2020, by and 
among Addus Healthcare, Inc., Queen City Hospice, LLC, Miracle City 
Hospice, LLC, and QCH Holdings LLC.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
3/1/2021
 
10.46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.27*
 
Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective June 14, 2021, by and 
between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Roberton James Stevenson.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/4/2021
 
10.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.28**
 
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
July 30, 2021, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, Addus 
HomeCare Corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital One, 
National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the other 
Lenders party thereto.
 
8-K
 
001-34504
 
8/4/2021
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.29*
  2022 Form of Indemnification Agreement.
 
10-K
 
001-34504
 
2/25/2022
 
10.50
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
10.30*
 
Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, 
effective March 1, 2022, by and between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Monica 
Raines.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
5/23/2022
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.31*
 
Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective April 20, 2022, by and 
between Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Cliff Blessing.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/2/2022
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.32
 
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
April 26, 2023, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, Addus 
HomeCare Corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital One, 
National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the other 
Lenders party thereto.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
5/2/2023
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.33*
 
Addus HomeCare Corporation Amended and Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/1/2023
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.34**
 
Membership Interests Purchase Agreement, dated June 28, 2023, by and among 
Addus HealthCare, Inc., HHH Newco Holdings, LLC, American Health 
Companies, LLC, American Home Care, LLC, Homecare, LLC, Tennessee 
Valley Home Care, LLC, and Tri-County Home Health and Hospice, LLC.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/1/2023
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.35
 
Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 8, 2024, by and between 
Addus HealthCare, Inc. and Curo Health Services, LLC.
 
10-Q
 
001-34504
 
8/6/2024
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.36**
 
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
October 22, 2024, by and among Addus HealthCare, Inc., as the Borrower, 
Addus HomeCare Corporation, the other Credit Parties party thereto, Capital 
One, National Association, as administrative agent and as a Lender, and the 
other Lenders party thereto.
 
8-K
 
001-34504
 
10/22/2024
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
19.1
  Addus Homecare Corporation Insider Trading Policy
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
21.1
  Subsidiaries of Addus HomeCare Corporation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
23.1
  
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
31.1
  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section  302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
31.2
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section  302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
32.1
  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Table of Contents
 
58
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
32.2
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97.1
Addus Homecare Corporation Compensation Recoupment Policy
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.INS
  
Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the 
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline 
XBRL document).
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.SCH
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.CAL
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.LAB
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.PRE
  Inline XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document.
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
101.DEF
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
104
  
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document 
and contained in Exhibit 101).
   
   
   
   
 
* Management compensatory plan or arrangement
** Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of 
any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.

Table of Contents
 
59
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Addus HomeCare Corporation
 
   
By:  
/s/    R. DIRK ALLISON        
 
 
R. Dirk Allison,
Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board
 
Date: February 25, 2025
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    R. DIRK ALLISON        
R. Dirk Allison
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    BRIAN POFF        
Brian Poff
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and 
Accounting Officer)
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    HEATHER DIXON        
Heather Dixon
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    MICHAEL EARLEY        
Michael Earley
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    MARK L. FIRST        
Mark L. First
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    DARIN J. GORDON        
Darin J. Gordon
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    ESTEBAN LÓPEZ, M.D.         
Esteban López, M.D.
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 
   
 
 
/s/    VERONICA HILL-MILBOURNE        
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
Veronica Hill-Milbourne
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
/s/    JEAN RUSH        
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
Jean Rush
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
/s/    SUSAN T. WEAVER, M.D., FACP         
Susan T. Weaver, M.D., FACP
  Director
 
February 25, 2025
 

Table of Contents
 
F-1
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-8
 
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required 
under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

Table of Contents
 
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Addus HomeCare Corporation
 
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Addus HomeCare Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 
2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2024, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
 
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, 
and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over 
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, 
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the business acquired from 
Gentiva (the Gentiva Acquisition), from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, because it was acquired by the 
Company in a purchase business combination during 2024. We have also excluded Gentiva from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. 
Gentiva is a wholly-owned business whose total revenues, total operating income, and total assets excluded from management’s assessment and our audit 
of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 2.0%, 3.0%, and 2.4% respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement 
amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Table of Contents
 
F-3
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of 
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Critical Audit Matters
 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated 
financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not 
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, 
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
 
Valuation of Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for Implicit Price Concessions
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company 
expects to receive in exchange for providing services directly to consumers. Amounts collected may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price 
concessions, resulting from client eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences 
and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions, based 
upon historical experience and other factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection 
experience in relation to amounts billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. The evaluation of these 
historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments. Accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions (before the 
allowance for credit losses) were $126.4 million as of December 31, 2024. 
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of accounts receivable, net of allowances for 
implicit price concessions is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the estimate of accounts receivable, net 
of allowances for implicit price concessions and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating 
audit evidence related to the estimate. 
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s estimate of accounts receivable, net of 
implicit price concessions, including controls over the allowance for implicit price concessions. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing 
management’s process for developing the estimate of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions; (ii) evaluating the relevance and 
use of historical experience data as an input into management’s estimate; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying historical collection data 
used as an input into management’s estimate; (iv) testing, on a sample basis, the accuracy of revenue transactions and cash collections from the billing and 
collection data used as an input into the estimate; (v) evaluating the historical accuracy of management’s estimate of the amount expected to be collected by 
performing a retrospective comparison of actual cash collections to the related accounts receivable; and (vi) performing a comparison of the remaining 
uncollected accounts receivable balance as of a date subsequent to year end, to expected future cash collections based on the Company’s historical 
collection patterns.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Dallas, Texas
February 25, 2025
 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Table of Contents
 
F-4
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023
(amounts and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Assets
   
     
 
Current assets
   
     
 
Cash
  $
98,911    $
64,791 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for credit losses
   
122,880     
115,499 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
38,591     
19,714 
Total current assets
   
260,382     
200,004 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization
   
24,703     
24,011 
Other assets
   
     
 
Goodwill
   
970,558     
662,995 
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization
   
109,643     
91,983 
Operating lease assets, net
   
47,348 
  
45,433 
Total other assets
   
1,127,549     
800,411 
Total assets
  $
1,412,634    $
1,024,426 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
   
     
 
Current liabilities
   
     
 
Accounts payable
  $
27,176    $
26,183 
Accrued payroll
   
62,053     
56,551 
Accrued expenses
   
28,959     
33,236 
Operating lease liabilities, current portion
   
12,800     
11,339 
Government stimulus advances
   
11,239     
5,765 
Accrued workers’ compensation insurance
   
13,644     
12,043 
Total current liabilities
   
155,871     
145,117 
Long-term liabilities
 
     
   
Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs
   
218,443     
124,132 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
   
41,883     
39,711 
Deferred income tax
   
25,820     
8,529 
Other long-term liabilities
   
125     
243 
Total long-term liabilities
   
286,271     
172,615 
Total liabilities
  $
442,142    $
317,732 
Stockholders’ equity
   
     
 
Common stock—$.001 par value; 40,000 authorized and 18,148 and 16,227 shares
   issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
  $
18    $
16 
Additional paid-in capital
   
594,044     
403,846 
Retained earnings
   
376,430     
302,832 
Total stockholders’ equity
   
970,492     
706,694 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $
1,412,634    $
1,024,426 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents
 
F-5
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(amounts and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Net service revenues
  $
1,154,599    $
1,058,651    $
951,120 
Cost of service revenues
   
779,578     
718,775     
651,381 
Gross profit
   
375,021     
339,876     
299,739 
General and administrative expenses
   
258,800     
234,794     
216,942 
Depreciation and amortization
   
13,530     
14,126     
14,060 
Total operating expenses
   
272,330     
248,920     
231,002 
Operating income
   
102,691     
90,956     
68,737 
Interest income
   
(4,394)    
(1,476)    
(341)
Interest expense
   
7,732     
11,106     
8,907 
Total interest expense, net
   
3,338     
9,630     
8,566 
Income before income taxes
   
99,353     
81,326     
60,171 
Income tax expense
   
25,755     
18,810     
14,146 
Net income
  $
73,598    $
62,516    $
46,025 
Net income per common share
 
     
     
   
Basic net income per share
  $
4.33    $
3.91    $
2.90 
Diluted net income per share
  $
4.23    $
3.83    $
2.84 
Weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares
   outstanding:
 
     
     
   
Basic
   
17,006     
15,996     
15,861 
Diluted
   
17,380     
16,311     
16,181 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents
 
F-6
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(amounts and shares in thousands)
 
 
 
Common Stock
   
Additional
Paid in
Capital
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
 
 
Shares
   
Amount
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2022
   
15,940    $
16    $
380,037    $
194,291    $
574,344 
Issuance of shares of common stock under
   restricted stock award agreements
   
129     
—    
—    
—    
— 
Forfeiture of shares of common stock under
   restricted stock award agreements
   
(4)    
—     
—    
—    
— 
Stock-based compensation
   
—     
—     
10,625     
—     
10,625 
Shares issued for exercise of stock options
   
63     
—     
2,546     
—     
2,546 
Net income
   
—     
—     
—     
46,025     
46,025 
Balance at December 31, 2022
   
16,128    $
16    $
393,208    $
240,316    $
633,540 
Issuance of shares of common stock under
   restricted stock award agreements
   
86     
—     
—    
—    
— 
Stock-based compensation
   
—     
—     
10,319     
—     
10,319 
Shares issued for exercise of stock options
   
13     
—     
319     
—     
319 
Net income
   
—     
—     
—     
62,516     
62,516 
Balance at December 31, 2023
   
16,227    $
16    $
403,846    $
302,832    $
706,694 
Issuance of shares of common stock under
   restricted stock award agreements
   
151     
—     
—     
—     
— 
Forfeiture of shares of common stock under
   restricted stock award agreements
   
(5)    
—     
—     
—     
— 
Stock-based compensation
   
—     
—     
11,165     
—     
11,165 
Shares issued for exercise of stock options
   
50     
—     
3,435     
—     
3,435 
Shares issued in public offering, net of offering costs
   
1,725     
2     
175,598     
—     
175,600 
Net income
   
—     
—    
—    
73,598    
73,598 
Balance at December 31, 2024
   
18,148    $
18    $
594,044    $
376,430    $
970,492 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents
 
F-7
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022
(amounts in thousands)
 
 
 
For the Years
 
 
 
Ended  December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
   
     
     
 
Net income
  $
73,598     $
62,516     $
46,025  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 
   operating activities, net of acquisitions:
   
     
     
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
13,530      
14,126      
14,060  
Deferred income taxes
   
13,192      
2,819      
3,908  
Stock-based compensation
   
11,165      
10,319      
10,625  
Amortization of debt issuance costs under the credit facility
   
1,050      
860      
860  
Provision for credit losses
   
1,121      
731      
678  
Gain on disposal of assets
   
(13 )    
—      
—  
Impairment of operating lease assets
   
4,968      
13      
1,174  
(Gain) loss on termination of operating leases
   
42      
(23 )    
—  
Gain on divestiture of business
   
(3,725 )    
—      
—  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
   
     
     
 
Accounts receivable
   
22,137      
15,666      
20,592  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
(19,065 )    
(3,113 )    
1,471  
Government stimulus advances
   
5,474      
(7,577 )    
8,739  
Accounts payable
   
(1,909 )    
2,025      
2,514  
Accrued payroll
   
(146 )    
9,176      
(918 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
   
(4,985 )    
4,709      
(4,618 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
116,434      
112,247      
105,110  
Cash flows from investing activities:
   
     
     
 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
   
(353,946 )    
(109,797 )    
(98,290 )
Purchases of property and equipment
   
(6,050 )    
(9,454 )    
(8,300 )
Proceeds received from disposal of assets
   
29      
15      
—  
Proceeds received from divestiture of business
   
5,357      
—      
—  
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(354,610 )    
(119,236 )    
(106,590 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
   
     
     
 
Proceeds from borrowings on revolver — credit facility
   
233,000      
110,000      
47,000  
Payments on revolver loan — credit facility
   
(136,353 )    
(118,500 )    
(137,000 )
Proceeds from public offering
   
175,600      
—      
—  
Payments for debt issuance costs under the credit facility
   
(3,386 )    
—      
—  
Cash received from exercise of stock options
   
3,435      
319      
2,546  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
   
272,296      
(8,181 )    
(87,454 )
Net change in cash
   
34,120      
(15,170 )    
(88,934 )
Cash, at beginning of period
   
64,791      
79,961      
168,895  
Cash, at end of period
  $
98,911     $
64,791     $
79,961  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   
     
     
 
Cash paid for interest
  $
6,520     $
10,254     $
7,985  
Cash paid for income taxes
   
26,251      
14,985      
1,483  
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities
   
     
     
 
Leasehold improvements acquired through tenant allowances
   
130      
—      
295  
Licensing fees included in Fixed assets
   
—      
4,000      
4,000  
 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-8
ADDUS HOMECARE CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Description of Business
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Addus HomeCare Corporation (“Holdings”) and its subsidiaries (together with 
Holdings, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”). The Company operates as a multi-state provider of three distinct but related business segments providing 
in-home services. In its personal care services segment, the Company provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons 
who are at increased risk of hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. In its hospice segment, the Company 
provides physical, emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. In its home health segment, the 
Company provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after hospitalization and 
include skilled nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy. The Company’s payor clients include federal, state and local governmental agencies, 
managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private individuals. 
Principles of Consolidation
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassification of Prior Period Balances
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current-year presentation including the reporting of deferred tax 
liabilities as a separate line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These reclassifications have no effect on the reported net income for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Revenue Recognition
Net service revenue is recognized at the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for providing services 
directly to consumers. Receipts are from federal, state and local governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private 
consumers for services rendered. The Company assesses the consumers’ ability to pay at the time of their admission based on the Company’s verification 
of the customer’s insurance coverage under the Medicare, Medicaid, and other commercial or managed care insurance programs. Laws and regulations 
governing the governmental programs in which the Company participates are complex and subject to interpretation. Net service revenues related to 
uninsured accounts, or self-pay, is recorded net of implicit price concessions estimated based on historical collection experience to reduce revenue to the 
estimated amount the Company expects to collect. Amounts collected from all sources may be less than amounts billed due to implicit price concessions, 
resulting from client eligibility issues, insufficient or incomplete documentation, services at levels other than authorized, pricing differences and other 
reasons unrelated to credit risk. The Company monitors our net service revenues and collections from these sources and records any necessary adjustment 
to net service revenues based upon management’s assessment of historical write offs and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, 
trends in federal, state and private employer healthcare coverage and other collection indicators.
The initial estimate of net service revenues is determined by reducing the standard charge by any contractual adjustments, discounts and implicit 
price concessions. Subsequent changes to the estimate of net service revenues are generally recorded in the period of the change. Subsequent changes that 
are determined to be the result of an adverse change in the patient’s ability to pay are recorded as bad debt expense.

Table of Contents
 
F-9
Personal Care
The majority of the Company’s net service revenues are generated from providing personal care services directly to consumers under contracts with 
state, local and other governmental agencies, managed care organizations, commercial insurers and private consumers. Generally, these contracts, which 
are negotiated based on current contracting practices as appropriate for the payor, establish the terms of a customer relationship and set the broad range of 
terms for services to be performed at a stated rate. However, the contracts do not give rise to rights and obligations until an order is placed with the 
Company. When an order is placed, it creates the performance obligation to provide a defined quantity of service hours, or authorized hours, per consumer. 
The Company satisfies its performance obligations over time, given that consumers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits provided by the 
Company as the services are performed. As the Company has a right to consideration from customers commensurate with the value provided to customers 
from the performance completed over a given invoice period, the Company has elected to use the practical expedient for measuring progress toward 
satisfaction of performance obligations and recognizes patient service revenue in the amount to which the Company has a right to invoice.
Hospice Revenue
The Company generates net service revenues from providing hospice services to consumers who are terminally ill as well as related services for 
their families. Net service revenues are recognized as services are provided and costs for delivery of such services are incurred. The estimated payment 
rates are daily rates for each of the levels of care the Company delivers. Hospice companies are subject to two specific payment limit caps under the 
Medicare program each federal fiscal year, the inpatient cap and the aggregate cap. The inpatient cap limits the number of inpatient care days provided to 
no more than 20% of the total days of hospice care provided to Medicare patients for the year. If a hospice exceeds the number of allowable inpatient care 
days, the hospice must refund any amounts received for inpatient care that exceed the total of: (i) the product of the total reimbursement paid to the hospice 
for inpatient care multiplied by the ratio of the maximum number of allowable inpatient days to the actual number of inpatient care days furnished by the 
hospice to Medicare patients; and (ii) the product of the number of actual inpatient days in excess of the limitation multiplied by the routine home care rate. 
The aggregate cap, which is calculated each federal fiscal year, limits the amount of Medicare reimbursement a hospice may receive, based on the number 
of Medicare patients served. If a hospice’s Medicare payments exceed its aggregate cap, it must repay Medicare for the excess amount. In federal fiscal 
year 2025, the aggregate cap is $34,465.34. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded a liability of $1.7 million and $0.8 
million, respectively, related to the Medicare aggregate cap limit.
Home Health Revenue
The Company also generates net service revenues from providing home healthcare services directly to consumers mainly under contracts with 
Medicare and managed care organizations. Generally, these contracts, which are negotiated based on current contracting practices as appropriate for the 
payor, establish the terms of a relationship and set the broad range of terms for services to be performed on an episodic basis at a stated rate. Home health 
Medicare services are paid under the Medicare Home Health Prospective Payment System (“HHPPS”), which is based on 30-day periods of care as a unit 
of service. The HHPPS permits multiple, continuous periods per patient. Medicare payment rates for periods under HHPPS are determined through use of a 
case-mix classification system, the Patient-Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”), which assigns patients to resource groups based on a patient’s clinical 
characteristics.
The Company elects to use the same 30-day periods that Medicare recognizes as standard but accelerates revenue upon discharge to align with a 
patient’s episode length if less than the expected 30 days, which depicts the transfer of services and related benefits received by the patient over the term of 
the contract necessary to satisfy the obligations. The Company recognizes revenue based on the number of days elapsed during a period of care within the 
reporting period. The Company satisfies its performance obligations as consumers receive and consume the benefits provided by the Company as the 
services are performed. As the Company has a right to consideration from Medicare commensurate with the services provided to customers from the 
performance completed over a given episodic period, the Company has elected to use the practical expedient for measuring progress toward satisfaction of 
performance obligations. Under this method recognizing revenue ratably over the episode based on beginning and ending dates is a reasonable proxy for 
the transfer of benefit of the service.

Table of Contents
 
F-10
Accounts Receivable and Allowances
Accounts receivable is reduced to the amount expected to be collected in future periods for services rendered to customers prior to the balance sheet 
date. Management estimates the value of accounts receivable, net of allowances for implicit price concessions, based upon historical experience and other 
factors, including an aging of accounts receivable, evaluation of expected adjustments, past adjustments and collection experience in relation to amounts 
billed, current contract and reimbursement terms, shifts in payors and other relevant information. Collection of net service revenues the Company expects 
to receive is normally a function of providing complete and correct billing information to the payors within the various filing deadlines. The evaluation of 
these historical and other factors involves complex, subjective judgments impacting the determination of the implicit price concession assumption. In 
addition, the Company compares its cash collections to recorded net service revenues and evaluates its historical allowance, including implicit price 
concessions, based upon the ultimate resolution of the accounts receivable balance.
Subsequent adjustments to accounts receivable determined to be the result of an adverse change in the payor’s ability to pay are recognized as 
provision for credit losses. The majority of what historically was classified as provision for credit losses under operating expenses is now treated as an 
implicit price concession factored into the determination of net service revenues discussed above. Our collection procedures include review of account 
aging and direct contact with our payors. We have historically not used collection agencies. An uncollectible amount is written off to the allowance account 
after reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the allowance for credit losses balance was $3.5 million and 
$2.3 million, respectively, which is included in accounts receivable, net of allowances for credit losses on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows (in thousands):
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
Balance at
beginning of
period
   
Additions/
charges
   
Deductions 
   
Balance at
end of period
 
Year ended December 31, 2024
   
     
     
     
 
Allowance for credit losses
  $
2,310     
1,121     
(101)   $
3,532 
Year ended December 31, 2023
   
     
     
     
 
Allowance for credit losses
  $
1,634     
731     
55    $
2,310 
Year ended December 31, 2022
   
     
     
     
 
Allowance for credit losses
  $
1,433     
678     
477    $
1,634 
 
(1)  Write-offs, net of recoveries
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets by use of the straight-line method. 
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:
 
Computer equipment
 
3-5 years
Furniture and equipment
 
5-7 years
Transportation equipment
 
5 years
Computer software
 
3-10 years
Leasehold improvements
 
Lesser of useful life or lease term
 
Leases
The Company recognizes a lease liability and a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset for all leases, including operating leases, with a term greater than twelve 
months on the balance sheet. We have historically entered into operating leases for local branches, our corporate headquarters and certain equipment. The 
Company’s current leases have expiration dates through 2035. Certain of our arrangements have free rent periods and/or escalating rent payment 
provisions. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain of the Company’s leases include termination options and renewal
options for periods ranging from one to five years. Renewal options generally are not considered in determining the lease term, and payments associated 
with the option years are excluded from lease payments unless we are reasonably certain to exercise the renewal option. 
(1)

Table of Contents
 
F-11
The operating lease liabilities are calculated using the present value of lease payments. If available, we use the rate implicit in the lease to discount 
lease payments to present value; however, most of our leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, we must estimate our 
incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on information available at lease commencement. 
Operating lease assets are valued based on the initial operating lease liabilities plus any prepaid rent, reduced by tenant improvement allowances. 
Operating lease assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as our long-lived assets. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 the 
Company recorded $5.0 million, $13,000 and $1.2 million, respectively, in impairment charges on operating lease assets, included within general 
administrative expenses. Of the $5.0 million in impairment charges on operating lease assets recorded, $2.2 million in exit charges was included.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Under business combination accounting, assets and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the 
consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The Company’s significant 
identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks and state licenses. The Company uses various 
valuation techniques to determine initial fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, discounted cash flow analysis, 
and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation 
approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected periods over 
which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables. The Company estimates the fair values of the trade names using the relief-
from-royalty method, which requires assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the relief from royalty rate for such revenue, the 
tax rate and the discount rate. The Company estimates the fair value of existing indefinite-lived state licenses based on a blended approach of the 
replacement cost method and cost savings method, which involves estimating the total process costs and opportunity costs to obtain a license, by estimating 
future earnings before interest and taxes and applying an estimated discount rate, tax rate and time to obtain the license. The Company estimates the fair 
value of existing finite-lived state licenses based on a method of analyzing the definite revenue streams with the license and without the license, which 
involves estimating revenues and expenses, estimated time to build up to a current revenue base, which is market specific, and the non-licensed revenue 
allocation, revenue growth rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of customer and referral relationships 
based on a multi-period excess earnings method, which involves identifying revenue streams associated with the assets, estimating the attrition rates based 
upon historical financial data, expenses and cash flows associated with the assets, contributory asset charges, rates of return for specific assets, growth 
rates, discount rate and tax amortization benefits. The Company estimates the fair value of non-competition agreements based on a method of analyzing the 
factors to compete and factors not to compete, which involves estimating historical financial data, forecasted financial statements, growth rates, tax 
amortization benefit, discount rate, review of factors to compete and factors not to compete as well as an assessment of the probability of successful 
competition for each non-competition agreement.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, goodwill was $970.6 million and $663.0 million, respectively, included on the Company’s Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. The Company’s carrying value of goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired from various 
acquisitions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of 
October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that 
an impairment may have occurred. The Company may elect to use a qualitative test to determine whether impairment has occurred, focused on various 
factors including macroeconomic conditions, market trends, specific reporting unit financial performance and other entity specific events, to determine if it 
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company may also bypass the qualitative 
assessment and perform a quantitative test. Additionally, it is the Company’s policy to update the fair value calculation of our reporting units and perform 
the quantitative goodwill impairment test on a periodic basis. The quantitative goodwill impairment test involves comparing the fair value of a reporting 
unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then goodwill is not impaired. If the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference. 

Table of Contents
 
F-12
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company performed the quantitative analysis to evaluate whether an impairment 
occurred. Since quoted market prices for our reporting units are not available, the Company relies on widely accepted valuation techniques to determine 
fair value, including discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches, which capture both the future income potential of the reporting unit and the 
market behaviors and actions of market participants in the industry that includes the reporting unit. These types of models require us to make assumptions 
and estimates regarding future cash flows, industry-specific economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. The discounted cash flow 
model uses a projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. The market multiple 
model estimates fair value based on market multiples of earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Under the discounted cash flow 
model, the projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period for each reporting unit using 
significant assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating margins and the weighted-average cost of capital. 
Based on the totality of the information available, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the estimated fair values of our 
reporting units were greater than their carrying values. Consequently, the Company concluded that there were no impairments for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022. The Company bases its fair value estimates on assumptions management believes to be reasonable but which are 
unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, was $109.6 million and $92.0 million, respectively, included on 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names, 
trademarks, state licenses and non-competition agreements. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods based 
upon the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from one to twenty-five years, and assessed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over 
the periods of expected economic benefit, which range from five to ten years. The Company would recognize an impairment loss when the estimated future 
non-discounted cash flows associated with the intangible asset are less than the carrying value. An impairment charge would then be recorded for the 
excess of the carrying value over the fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of these intangible assets using the income approach. In accordance 
with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized. We test intangible assets with 
indefinite useful lives for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such 
as a significant change in business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. No impairment charge was 
recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022. Amortization of intangible assets is reported in the statement of income caption, 
“Depreciation and amortization” and not included in the income statement caption cost of service revenues. 
Debt Issuance Costs
The Company amortizes debt issuance costs on a straight-line method over the term of the related debt. This method approximates the effective 
interest method. In accordance with ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, the Company has classified the debt issuance costs 
as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related liability.
Workers’ Compensation Program
The Company’s workers’ compensation insurance program has a $0.4 million deductible component. The Company recognizes its obligations 
associated with this program in the period the claim is incurred. The cost of both the claims reported and claims incurred but not reported, up to the 
deductible, have been accrued based on historical claims experience, industry statistics and an actuarial analysis. The future claims payments related to the 
workers’ compensation program are secured by letters of credit. These letters of credit totaled $8.0 million at each of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The 
Company monitors its claims quarterly and adjusts its reserves as necessary in the current period. These costs are recorded primarily as cost of services on 
the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded $13.6 million and $12.0 million, respectively, in 
accrued workers’ compensation insurance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded 
$0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in workers’ compensation insurance receivables. The workers’ compensation insurance receivable is included 
in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Interest Expense
Interest expense is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income when incurred and consists of interest and unused credit line fees on the credit 
facility. 

Table of Contents
 
F-13
Income Tax Expense
The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The objective of accounting for income taxes is to 
recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that 
have been recognized in its financial statements or tax returns. Deferred taxes, resulting from differences between the financial and tax basis of the 
Company’s assets and liabilities, are also adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. ASC Topic 740 also requires that 
deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. 
ASC Topic 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or 
expected to be taken in a tax return. In addition, ASC Topic 740 provides guidance on derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and 
disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions in interest 
expense and penalties within operating expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Uncertain tax positions are immaterial for all periods 
presented.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company currently has one stock incentive plan, the Amended and Restated 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “A&R 2017 Plan”), under 
which new grants of stock-based employee compensation are made. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 
718, Stock Compensation. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis under the A&R 2017 Plan over the vesting period of the equity 
awards based on the grant date fair value of the options and restricted stock awards. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to 
value the Company’s options. Forfeitures are recognized when they occur. Stock-based compensation expense was $11.2 million, $10.3 million and $10.6 
million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, included within general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. 
Diluted Net Income Per Common Share
Diluted net income per common share, calculated on the treasury stock method, is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. The Company’s outstanding securities that may potentially dilute the common stock are stock options and restricted stock awards.
Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2024 were approximately 406,000 stock 
options outstanding, of which approximately 259,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 244,000 restricted stock awards outstanding, of 
which approximately 115,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2023 were approximately 455,000 stock 
options outstanding, of which approximately 234,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 201,000 restricted stock awards outstanding, of 
which approximately 82,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Included in the Company’s calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 were approximately 468,000 stock 
options outstanding, of which approximately 248,000 were dilutive. In addition, there were approximately 210,000  restricted stock awards outstanding, of 
which approximately 72,000 were dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Use of Estimates
The financial statements are prepared by management in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and include 
estimated amounts and certain disclosures based on assumptions about future events. The Company’s critical accounting estimates include the following 
areas: revenue recognition, goodwill and intangibles and business combinations and when required, the quantitative assessment of goodwill. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, payables and debt. The carrying amounts reported on the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature 
of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt with variable interest rates approximates fair value based on instruments with 
similar terms using level 2 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement.

Table of Contents
 
F-14
The Company applies fair value techniques on a non-recurring basis associated with valuing potential impairment losses related to goodwill, if 
required, and indefinite-lived intangible assets and also when determining the fair value of contingent consideration, if applicable. To determine the fair 
value in these situations, the Company uses Level 3 inputs, under ASC Topic 820 and defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data 
exists; therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as discounted cash flows, or if available, what a market participant would pay on 
the measurement date.
The Company uses various valuation techniques to determine fair value of its intangible assets, including relief-from-royalty, income approach, 
discounted cash flow analysis, and multi-period excess earnings, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value 
hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future market growth and trends, forecasted 
revenue and costs, expected periods over which the assets will be utilized, appropriate discount rates and other variables.
Going Concern
In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company conducted an 
evaluation as to whether there were conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, which raised substantial doubt as to the entity’s ability to continue 
as a going concern within one year after the date of the issuance, of the financial statements. Based on the evaluation, we believe that cash flows from 
operations will be sufficient to meet our ongoing liquidity requirements for at least twelve months from the date of issuance.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which expands reportable segment 
disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. The amendments in the ASU require, among other 
things, disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to an entity’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) and a description of 
other segment items (the difference between segment revenue less the segment expenses disclosed under the significant expense principle and each 
reported measure of segment profit or loss) by reportable segment, as well as disclosure of the title and position of the CODM, and an explanation of how 
the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. The ASU was 
adopted in this annual report by including significant segment expenses reviewed by the Company’s CODM, but did not have a material impact on the 
Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Refer to Note 14, Segment Information, for the updated presentation.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic 805). This ASU requires an acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) 
from acquired contracts using the revenue recognition guidance in Topic 606. At the acquisition date, the acquirer applies the revenue model as if it had 
originated the acquired contracts. The ASU was adopted prospectively on January 1, 2023. The additional disclosures required did not have a material 
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on 
Financial Reporting. ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, 
and other transactions subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected 
to be discontinued. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from 
reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. Therefore, it was in effect for a limited time through December 31, 2022. The ASU was adopted as of 
January 1, 2023 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity. As discussed further in Note 9 and pursuant to the 
Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 26, 2023, the Company amended its credit facility to replace LIBOR with 
the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“SOFR”) as the benchmark reference rate for loans under 
its credit facility. The transition to SOFR did not and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity.

Table of Contents
 
F-15
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvement to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires disclosure of disaggregated income 
taxes paid, prescribes standard categories for the components of the effective tax rate reconciliation, and modifies other income tax-related disclosures. 
ASU 2023-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, may be applied prospectively or retrospectively, and allows for early 
adoption. These requirements are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and will expand income tax disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures 
(Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The new guidance is intended to provide investors more detailed disclosures around 
specific types of expenses. The new disclosures require certain details for expenses presented on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Operations as 
well as selling expenses to be presented in the notes to the financial statements. ASU 2024-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The disclosure updates are required to be 
applied prospectively with the option for retrospective application. The Company is currently assessing the impact and timing of adopting the updated 
provisions.
2. Leases
Amounts reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets for operating leases were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Operating lease assets, net
  $
47,348    $
45,433 
Short-term operating lease liabilities
   
12,800     
11,339 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
   
41,883     
39,711 
Total operating lease liabilities
  $
54,683    $
51,050 
 
Lease Costs
Components of lease costs were reported in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Operating lease costs
  $
13,386   $
13,026    $
11,354 
Short-term lease costs
   
735    
1,147     
2,885 
Total lease costs
   
14,121     
14,173     
14,239 
Less: sublease income
   
(2,267)   
(2,770)    
(951)
Total lease costs, net
  $
11,854    $
11,403    $
13,288 
 
Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates were as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Operating leases:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Weighted average remaining lease term
   
5.48 
   
6.26 
   
5.82 
Weighted average discount rate
   
6.20%    
5.47%    
3.98%
 

Table of Contents
 
F-16
Maturity of Lease Liabilities
Remaining operating lease payments as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:
 
 
 
Operating Leases
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Due in 12-month period ended December 31,
 
   
2025
 
$
15,793 
2026
 
 
13,016 
2027
 
 
9,732 
2028
 
 
6,923 
2029
 
 
6,225 
Thereafter
 
 
13,269 
Total future minimum rental commitments
 
 
64,958 
Less: Imputed interest
 
 
(10,275)
Total lease liabilities
 
$
54,683 
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
   
     
     
 
Operating cash flows from operating leases
  $
14,783    $
14,396    $
13,015 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
   
     
     
 
Operating leases
  $
15,489    $
17,221    $
14,746 
 
The Company sublet a portion of its corporate headquarters space in Frisco, Texas in November 2022 to a third party under a two-year sublease 
term for a monthly base rent of $0.1 million. The sublease expired in January 2025. As the result, the Company recorded $5.0 million in impairment 
charges on operating lease assets, included within general administrative expenses. Of the $5.0 million in impairment charges on operating lease assets 
recorded, $2.2 million in exit charges was included.
 
3. Public Offering
 
On June 28, 2024, the Company completed a public offering of an aggregate 1,725,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 
including 225,000 shares of common stock sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, at a public 
offering price of $108.00 per share (the “Public Offering”). The Company received net proceeds of approximately $175.6 million, after deducting 
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses of approximately $10.7 million. The Company used approximately $81.4 million from the net 
proceeds of the Public Offering for the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under its credit facility and may use any remaining net proceeds of the 
Public Offering for general corporate purposes, including the Gentiva Acquisition and any future acquisitions or investments. The Public Offering resulted 
in an increase to additional paid in capital of approximately $175.6 million on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2024.
4. Acquisition 
The Company’s acquisitions have been accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and the resulting goodwill and 
other intangible assets were accounted for under ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under business combination accounting, the assets 
and liabilities are generally recognized at their fair values and the difference between the consideration transferred, excluding transaction costs, and the fair 
values of the assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill. The results of each business acquisition are included on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income from the date of the acquisition.
Management’s assessment of qualitative factors affecting goodwill for each acquisition includes estimates of market share at the date of purchase, 
ability to grow in the market, synergy with existing Company operations and the payor profile in the markets.

Table of Contents
 
F-17
Gentiva Acquisition
On December 2, 2024, the Company completed the Gentiva Acquisition. The purchase price was approximately $353.6 million, and is subject to the 
completion of working capital and related adjustments. The purchase was funded with the combination of a $233.0 million draw on the Company’s 
revolving credit facility and a portion of the net proceeds of the Public Offering. With the Gentiva Acquisition, the Company expanded its services within 
its personal care services segment in Arizona, Arkansas, California and North Carolina, and entered the market in Missouri and Texas. The home health 
segment also was expanded in Tennessee. The related acquisition and integration costs were $10.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for the year 
ended December 31, 2024. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed 
as incurred.
Based upon management’s valuations, which are preliminary and subject to completion of working capital adjustments, the fair values of the assets 
and liabilities acquired are as follows:
 
 
 
Total 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Goodwill
  $
309,898 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
28,600 
Cash
   
19 
Accounts receivable
   
24,715 
Property and equipment
   
1,112 
Operating lease assets, net
   
6,838 
Other current assets
   
71 
Accounts payable
   
(1,555)
Accrued payroll
   
(5,648)
Operating lease liabilities, total
   
(6,386)
Deferred tax liabilities, net
   
(4,099)
Tota purchase price
  $
353,565 
 
Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $4.9 million in a trade name, $23.0 million of definite-lived state licenses and $0.7 million of 
indefinite-lived state licenses. The preliminary estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation 
specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All 
estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible 
for tax purposes.
The Gentiva Acquisition accounted for $22.6 million of net service revenues and $3.1 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 
2024.
Tennessee Quality Care  
On August 1, 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care. The purchase price was approximately $111.2 million, 
including the amount of acquired excess cash held by Tennessee Quality Care at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $2.4 million), and is subject 
to the completion of working capital and related adjustments. The Tennessee Quality Care acquisition was funded with a combination of a $110.0 million 
draw on the Company’s revolving credit facility and available cash. With the purchase of Tennessee Quality Care, the Company expanded its services 
within its hospice and home health segments to Tennessee. The related acquisition and integration costs were $2.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, 
for the year ended December 31, 2023. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and 
were expensed as incurred.

Table of Contents
 
F-18
Based upon management’s valuations, the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:
 
 
 
Total 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Goodwill
  $
79,346 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
26,740 
Cash
   
2,357 
Accounts receivable
   
5,940 
Property and equipment
   
307 
Operating lease assets, net
   
194 
Other assets
   
200 
Accrued expenses
   
(1,407)
Accrued payroll
   
(2,368)
Long-term operating lease liabilities
   
(80)
Total purchase price
  $
111,229 
 
Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $7.5 million in a trade name and $19.2 million of indefinite-lived state licenses. The preliminary 
estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC 
Topic 820. The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either 
provided by or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes.
The Tennessee Quality Care acquisition accounted for $16.3 million of net service revenues and $3.0 million of operating income for the year ended 
December 31, 2023.
JourneyCare  
 
          On February 1, 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of the hospice and palliative operations of JourneyCare. The purchase price was 
approximately $86.6 million, including the amount of acquired excess cash held by JourneyCare at the closing of the acquisition (approximately $0.4 
million) plus the finalization of net working capital payable to seller of $1.6 million. The JourneyCare acquisition was funded with a combination of a 
$35.0 million draw on the Company’s revolving credit facility and available cash. With the JourneyCare acquisition, the Company expanded its hospice 
services to patients in the state of Illinois. The related acquisition and integration costs were $0.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for the year ended 
December 31, 2022. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income and were expensed as 
incurred.
Based upon management’s valuations, the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:
 
 
 
Total 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Goodwill
  $
69,446 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
13,792 
Cash
   
421 
Accounts receivable
   
7,747 
Property and equipment
   
1,194 
Operating lease assets, net
   
3,728 
Other assets
   
317 
Accrued expenses
   
(5,002)
Accrued payroll
   
(1,511)
Long-term operating lease liabilities
   
(3,537)
Total purchase price
  $
86,595 
Identifiable intangible assets acquired included $9.0 million in a trade name and $4.8 million of indefinite-lived state licenses. The estimated fair 
value of identifiable intangible assets was determined with the assistance of a valuation specialist, using Level 3 inputs as defined under ASC Topic 820. 
The fair value analysis and related valuations reflect the conclusions of management. All estimates, key assumptions, and forecasts were either provided by 
or reviewed by the Company. The goodwill and intangible assets acquired are deductible for tax purposes.

Table of Contents
 
F-19
 
JourneyCare accounted for $47.2 million of net service revenues and $9.1 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Other Acquisitions
On March 9, 2024, we completed our acquisition of the operations of Upstate for $0.4 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the 
purchase of Upstate, the Company expanded its personal care services segment in South Carolina.
On January 1, 2023, we completed the acquisition of CareStaff for approximately $1.0 million, with funding provided by available cash. With the 
purchase of CareStaff, the Company expanded its personal care services segment in Florida and recorded goodwill of $0.6 million.
On October 1, 2022, we completed the acquisition of Apple Home for approximately $12.7 million, with funding provided by drawing on the 
Company’s revolving credit facility. The additional contingent consideration of up to approximately $2.0 million was settled without further payment. With 
the purchase of Apple Home, the Company expanded clinical services for its home health segment in Illinois and recorded goodwill of $8.9 million. 
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the following table contains unaudited pro forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the 
Company as if the Gentiva Acquisition closed on January 1, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the following table contains unaudited pro 
forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the Company as if the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care closed on January 1, 2022. For the year 
ended December 31, 2022, the following table contains unaudited pro forma Consolidated Income Statement information of the Company as if the 
acquisition of JourneyCare closed on January 1, 2021. 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
(Amounts in Thousands, Unaudited)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Net service revenues
  $
1,412,031    $
1,363,454    $
991,566 
Operating income from continuing operations
   
138,998     
129,103     
73,353 
Net income from continuing operations
   
103,381     
90,340     
46,270 
Net income per common share
 
     
     
   
Basic income per share
  $
6.08    $
5.65   $
2.92 
Diluted income per share
  $
5.95    $
5.54   $
2.86 
 
The pro forma disclosures in the table above include adjustments for amortization of intangible assets, tax expense and acquisition costs to reflect 
results that are more representative of the combined results of the transactions. This pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and 
may not be indicative of the results of operations that would have actually occurred. In addition, future results may vary significantly from the results 
reflected in the pro forma information. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect the impact of future events that may occur after the 
acquisition, such as anticipated cost savings from operating synergies. 
5. Divestiture
Effective May 20, 2024, the Company entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement to sell all of the Company’s New York operations for a 
purchase price of up to $23.0 million in cash, subject to certain adjustments, including adjustments for future operating requirements (the “New York Asset 
Sale”). The purchase price of up to $23.0 million includes 50% cash consideration, paid out as an initial payment of $4.6 million, $6.9 million paid pro rata 
as a deferred payment as caregivers are transferred and 50% in the form of contingent consideration for the Company’s CDPAP business.  The Company 
entered into a consulting agreement with the purchaser effective May 20, 2024, as the transfer of clients and caregivers and payment for assets pursuant to 
the New York Asset Sale is occurring over time as regulatory approvals are received, coordination of the transfer of clients and caregivers occurs, and the 
change of control takes place. The Company determined that the consulting agreement gave it the ability to control the business.
In October 2024, the Company determined that it no longer controlled the business as it transferred more than 50% of the clients and caregivers and 
therefore qualified for sale consideration of the New York Asset Sale. As a result, the Company deconsolidated the results of its New York operations and 
recorded a gain on divestiture of $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.  The gain is reflected within general and administrative expenses 
on the consolidated statement of operations.

Table of Contents
 
F-20
In connection with this transaction, the Company will cease operations in New York. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company 
recorded $1.7 million in consulting fees and received a $4.6 million initial payment on the acquisition and deferred payments of $0.8 million, totaling $5.4 
million related to the pro rata portion of caregivers transferred to purchaser. The remaining $6.1 million due from the seller as of December 31, 2024 is 
reflected within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No amount was recorded related to the CDPAP business 
contingent consideration. 
The New York Asset Sale did not qualify as a discontinued operation because it did not represent a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect 
on the Company’s operation or financial results.  
Goodwill and intangible assets of $2.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively were derecognized in connection with the divestiture. The carrying 
amounts of the assets and liabilities associated with our New York personal care operations included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 
31, 2024 were as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
 
 
December 31, 2024
 
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances
 
$
4,202 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
 
15 
Total current assets
 
 
4,217 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
 
— 
Other assets
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
 
— 
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization
 
 
— 
Operating lease assets, net
 
 
3,305 
Total other assets
 
 
3,305 
Total assets
 
$
7,522 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
4,827 
Accrued payroll
 
 
1,834 
Accrued expenses
 
 
228 
Operating lease liabilities, current portion
 
 
717 
Total current liabilities
 
 
7,606 
Long-term liabilities
 
 
 
Operating lease liabilities, long-term portion
 
 
2,500 
Total liabilities
 
$
10,106 
 
6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Computer software
  $
27,208    $
23,936 
Computer equipment
   
12,809     
10,430 
Leasehold improvements
   
11,773     
11,110 
Furniture and equipment
   
6,532     
5,758 
Transportation equipment
   
231     
258 
 
   
58,553     
51,492 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
   
(33,850)    
(27,481)
 
  $
24,703    $
24,011 
 

Table of Contents
 
F-21
Computer software includes $1.3 million and $1.6 million of internally developed software for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $6.6 million, $6.9 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 
2022, respectively.
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
A summary of goodwill by segment and related adjustments is provided below:
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
 
 
Hospice
   
Personal Care
   
Home Health
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Goodwill at December 31, 2022
  $
397,728    $
152,688    $
32,421    $
582,837 
Additions for acquisitions
   
35,071     
601     
44,274     
79,946 
Adjustments to previously recorded goodwill
   
—     
(13)    
225     
212 
Goodwill at December 31, 2023
  
432,799     
153,276 
  
76,920 
  
662,995 
Additions for acquisitions
   
—     
292,204     
18,094     
310,298 
Adjustments to previously recorded goodwill
   
41     
(2,954)    
178     
(2,735)
Goodwill at December 31, 2024
 
$
432,840    $
442,526    $
95,192    $
970,558 
 
In 2024, the Company recognized goodwill in the personal care services segment of $292.2 million related to the acquisition of Upstate and the 
Gentiva Acquisition and recognized goodwill in the home health segment of $18.1 million related to the Gentiva Acquisition. In connection with the 
acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care in 2023, the Company recognized goodwill in its hospice and home health segments of $35.0 million and $44.3 
million, respectively. The Company also recognized goodwill of $0.6 million related to the CareStaff acquisition in the personal care services segment in 
2023.
Goodwill adjustments to previously recorded goodwill are generally related to accounts receivable and accrued expenses based on the final 
valuations. See Note 4 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the acquisitions made by the Company in 
2023 and 2024, and Note 5 for additional information regarding the divestiture for New York Asset Sale. 
The Company’s identifiable intangible assets consist of customer and referral relationships, trade names and trademarks, non-competition 
agreements and state licenses. Amortization is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods based upon the estimated useful lives of the respective 
assets, which range from one to twenty-five years. Customer and referral relationships are amortized systematically over the periods of expected economic 
benefit, which range from five to ten years.
Goodwill and certain state licenses are not amortized pursuant to ASC Topic 350. We test intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for 
impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, as of October 1, or whenever potential impairment triggers occur, such as a significant change in 
business climate or regulatory changes that would indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting 
unit using both a discounted cash flow model as well as a market multiple model. The cash flow forecasts are adjusted by an appropriate discount rate 
based on the Company’s estimate of a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital. These models are both based on the Company’s best estimate 
of future revenues and operating costs and are reconciled to the Company’s consolidated market capitalization, with consideration of the amount a potential 
acquirer would be required to pay, in the form of a control premium. The determination of fair value in the Company’s goodwill impairment analysis is 
based on an estimate of fair value for each reporting unit utilizing known and estimated inputs at the evaluation date. Some of those inputs include, but are 
not limited to, the most recent price of the Company’s common stock and fair value of long term debt, estimates of future revenue and expense growth, 
estimated market multiples, expected capital expenditures, income tax rates and cost of invested capital. Significant assumptions used in the analysis 
included a 9.0% discount rate and a 3.5% long-term revenue growth rate. The Company did not record any impairment charges for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 or 2022.

Table of Contents
 
F-22
The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of each identifiable intangible asset category consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 
and 2023:
 
 
   
 
December 31, 2024
   
December 31, 2023
 
 
   
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
   
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
Estimated Useful 
Life
 
Gross carrying 
value
   
Accumulated 
amortization
   
Net carrying 
value
   
Gross carrying 
value
   
Accumulated 
amortization
   
Net carrying 
value
 
Customer and referral 
relationships
 
5-10 years
  $
34,201    $
(33,255)   $
946    $
44,672    $
(39,566)   $
5,106 
Trade names and trademarks
 
1-20 years
   
59,366     
(21,900)    
37,466     
59,566     
(23,857)    
35,709 
Non-competition agreement
 
3-5 years
   
6,728     
(6,263)    
465     
6,785     
(5,601)    
1,184 
State Licenses
 
6-10 years
   
24,981     
(1,243)    
23,738     
12,671     
(9,015)    
3,656 
State Licenses
 
Indefinite
   
47,028     
—     
47,028     
46,328     
—     
46,328 
Total intangible assets
   
  $
172,304    $
(62,661)   $
109,643    $
170,022    $
(78,039)   $
91,983 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company acquired state licenses and a trade name of $23.0 million and $4.9 million, respectively, in 
its personal care services segment related to the Gentiva Acquisition. The Company also acquired indefinite-lived state licenses of $0.7 million in its home 
health segment in connection with the Gentiva Acquisition. 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company acquired indefinite-lived state licenses and a trade name of $7.6 million and $2.1 million, 
respectively, in its hospice segment related to the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care. The Company also acquired indefinite-lived state licenses and 
trade name of $11.6 million and $5.4 million, respectively, in its home health segment in connection with the Tennessee Quality Care acquisition. 
Amortization expense related to the identifiable intangible assets amounted to $6.7 million, $7.1 million and $7.2 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The weighted average remaining useful life of identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2024 is 9.82 years.
The estimated future intangible amortization expense is as follows:
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
Total 
(Amount in
Thousands)
 
2025
  $
7,937 
2026
   
7,523 
2027
   
7,197 
2028
   
5,486 
2029
   
5,382 
Thereafter
   
29,090 
Total, intangible assets subject to amortization
  $
62,615 
 

Table of Contents
 
F-23
8. Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Income tax receivable
  $
11,568 
 $
— 
Prepaid payroll
   
8,716 
  
8,735 
Prepaid workers’ compensation and liability insurance
   
4,254     
3,696 
Prepaid licensing fees
   
5,414 
  
4,481 
Workers’ compensation insurance receivable
   
810     
577 
Other
   
7,829 
  
2,225 
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
  $
38,591    $
19,714 
 
Included $6.1 million related to NY divestiture deferred payments as of December 31, 2024.
 
Accrued expenses consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Accrued health benefits
  $
6,637    $
7,400 
Payor advances 
   
—     
1,218 
Accrued professional fees
   
5,368     
7,304 
Accrued payroll and other taxes
   
4,516     
8,572 
Other
   
12,438     
8,742 
Total accrued expenses
  $
28,959    $
33,236 
 
(2)
Represents the deferred portion of payments received from payors for COVID-19 reimbursements which was recognized as we incurred specific COVID-19 related 
expenses (including expenses related to securing and maintaining adequate personnel).
 
9. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Revolving loan under the credit facility
  $
223,000 
 $
126,353 
Less unamortized issuance costs
   
(4,557)
  
(2,221)
Long-term debt
  $
218,443 
 $
124,132 
 
Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facility
On October 31, 2018, the Company entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, with certain lenders and Capital One, National 
Association, as a lender and as agent for all lenders, as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
September 12, 2019, as further amended by the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2021, as further 
amended by the Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2023 (as described below, the “Third Amendment”), 
and as further amended by the Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2024 (as described below, the 
“Fourth Amendment”) (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”, as used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “credit facility” shall mean the credit 
facility evidenced by the Credit Agreement). The credit facility consists of a $650.0 million revolving credit facility and a $150.0 million incremental loan 
facility, which incremental loan facility may be for term loans or an increase to the revolving loan commitments. The maturity of this credit facility is July 
30, 2028.
 (1)
(1)
(2)

Table of Contents
 
F-24
 On April 26, 2023, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to replace LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as the 
benchmark reference rate for loans under its credit facility. The Third Amendment did not amend any other terms of the Credit Agreement. The transition 
to SOFR did not and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or liquidity.
On October 22, 2024, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to, among other things, (a) increase the Company’s revolving credit facility 
to an aggregate amount of $650.0 million, (b) increase the Company’s incremental loan facility to an aggregate amount of $150.0 million, and (c) extend 
the maturity date of the credit facility from July 30, 2026 to July 30, 2028.
Interest on the credit facility may be payable at (x) the sum of (i) an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.50% based on the applicable senior 
net leverage ratio plus (ii) a base rate equal to the greatest of (a) the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate,” (b) the sum 
of the federal funds rate plus a margin of 0.50% and (c) the sum of Term SOFR (as published by the CME Group Benchmark Administrative Limited) for 
an interest period of one month for such applicable day (not to be less than 0.00%), plus a margin of 1.00% or (y) the sum of (i) an applicable margin 
ranging from 1.75% to 2.50% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio plus (ii) the rate per annum equal to the sum of Term SOFR (as published 
by the CME Group Benchmark Administrative Limited) for the applicable interest period (not to be less than 0.00%). Swing loans may not be SOFR loans.
Addus HealthCare, Inc. (“Addus HealthCare”) is the borrower, and its parent, Holdings, and substantially all of Holdings’ subsidiaries are 
guarantors under this credit facility, and it is collateralized by a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s and the other credit parties’ current 
and future tangible and intangible assets, including the shares of stock of the borrower and subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains affirmative and 
negative covenants customary for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on the Company with respect to liens, indebtedness, guaranties, 
investments, distributions, mergers and acquisitions and dispositions of assets. The availability of additional draws under this credit facility is conditioned, 
among other things, upon (after giving effect to such draws) the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not exceeding 3.75:1.00. In 
certain circumstances, in connection with a Material Acquisition (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company can elect to increase its Total Net 
Leverage Ratio compliance covenant to 4.25:1.00 for the then current fiscal quarter and the three succeeding fiscal quarters.
The Company pays a fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% based on the applicable senior net leverage ratio times the unused portion of the revolving 
loan portion of the credit facility.
The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants regarding, among other things, the maintenance of records, compliance with laws, 
maintenance of permits, maintenance of insurance and property and payment of taxes. The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary financial 
covenants and negative covenants that, among other things, include a requirement to maintain a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit 
Agreement) and a requirement to stay below a maximum Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The Credit Agreement also 
contains restrictions on guarantees, indebtedness, liens, investments and loans, subject to customary carve outs, a restriction on dividends (provided that 
Addus HealthCare may make distributions to the Company in an amount that does not exceed $10.0 million in any year absent of an event of default, plus 
limited exceptions for tax and administrative distributions), a restriction on the ability to consummate acquisitions (without the consent of the lenders) 
under its credit facility subject to compliance with the Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) thresholds, restrictions on mergers, 
dispositions of assets, and affiliate transactions, and restrictions on fundamental changes and lines of business. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was 
in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Agreement.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, the Company (i) drew approximately $233.0 million under its credit facility to fund, in part, 
the Gentiva Acquisition and (ii) repaid $136.4 million under the revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2024, the Company had a total of $223.0 million 
of revolving loans, with an interest rate of 6.34%, outstanding on its credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on its credit facility, 
approximately $8.0 million of outstanding letters of credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the 
Credit Agreement), the Company had $577.7 million of capacity and $346.6 million available for borrowing under its credit facility.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the Company drew approximately $110.0 million under its credit facility to fund, in part, 
the Tennessee Quality Care acquisition. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a total of $126.4 million of revolving loans, with an interest rate of 
7.21%, outstanding on its credit facility. After giving effect to the amount drawn on its credit facility, approximately $8.0 million of outstanding letters of 
credit and borrowing limits based on an advance multiple of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company had $470.0 million of 
capacity and $335.6 million available for borrowing under its credit facility.

Table of Contents
 
F-25
10. Income Taxes
The current and deferred federal and state income tax provision from continuing operations, are comprised of the following:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
Current
   
     
     
 
Federal
  $
8,998    $
11,839    $
7,075 
State
   
3,533     
4,139     
3,090 
Deferred
   
     
     
 
Federal
   
11,258     
2,306     
3,118 
State
   
1,966     
526     
863 
Provision for income taxes
  $
25,755    $
18,810    $
14,146 
 
The tax effects of certain temporary differences between the Company’s book and tax bases of assets and liabilities give rise to significant portions 
of the deferred income tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2024 and 2023. The deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
 
Deferred tax assets
 
     
   
Long-term
 
     
   
Accounts receivable allowances
  $
20,843    $
21,480 
Operating lease liabilities
   
14,917     
13,562 
Accrued compensation
   
5,683     
4,957 
Accrued workers’ compensation
   
3,253     
3,046 
Transaction costs
   
2,547     
2,390 
Stock-based compensation
   
1,400     
1,456 
Net operating loss
   
73     
87 
Restructuring costs
   
555     
26 
Other
   
2,517     
2,908 
Total long-term deferred tax assets
   
51,788     
49,912 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
     
   
Long-term
 
     
   
Goodwill and intangible assets
   
(61,177)    
(42,980)
Operating lease assets, net
   
(12,521)    
(11,650)
Property and equipment
   
(2,796)    
(2,829)
Insurance premiums
   
(1,079)    
(982)
Other
   
(35)    
— 
Total long-term deferred tax liabilities
   
(77,608)    
(58,441)
Total net deferred tax (liabilities) assets
  $
(25,820)   $
(8,529)
 
Management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate 
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences 
become deductible. Management considers all available evidence in making this assessment.

Table of Contents
 
F-26
A reconciliation for continuing operations of the statutory federal tax rate of 21.0% to the effective income tax rate is summarized as follows:
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
   
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
   
Federal income tax at statutory rate
   
21.0  %   
21.0  %   
21.0  %
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
   
5.8   
  
5.6   
  
5.9   
162(m) disallowance for executive compensation
   
2.5   
  
2.2   
  
3.2   
Nondeductible penalties
   
—   
  
0.1   
  
—   
Excess tax benefit
   
(0.5)  
  
(0.5)  
  
(0.4)  
Jobs tax credits, net
   
(3.3)  
  
(4.0)  
  
(5.1)  
Nondeductible permanent items
   
0.2   
  
0.1   
  
—   
Stock acquisition cost
   
1.4   
  
—   
  
—   
Federal/state return to provision
   
(0.1)  
  
(1.3)  
  
(1.0)  
Other
   
(1.1)  
  
(0.1)  
  
(0.1)  
Effective income tax rate
   
25.9  %   
23.1  %   
23.5  %
 
The effective income tax rate was 25.9%, 23.1% and 23.5% for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The difference 
between our federal statutory and effective income tax rates was principally due to the inclusion of state taxes, non-deductible compensation, and non-
deductible permanent items, partially offset by the use of federal employment tax credits.  
The Company is subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company continues to remain subject to examination by U.S. 
federal authorities for the years 2021 through 2023 and for various state authorities for the years 2019 through 2023.
11. Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards
The Board approved the A&R 2017 Plan as of April 13, 2023 and our shareholders approved it as of June 14, 2023. The A&R 2017 Plan amended 
and restated our 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), which in turn was intended to replace our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). 
All awards are now granted from the A&R 2017 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan will continue to be governed by the 2009 Plan and the 
agreements under which they were granted.
The A&R 2017 Plan allows us to grant performance-based incentive awards and equity-based awards (each, an “Award”) to eligible employees, 
directors and consultants in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Restricted Stock Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards 
and Other Stock Unit Awards. The Board believes that the A&R 2017 Plan is necessary to continue the Company’s effectiveness in attracting, motivating 
and retaining employees, directors and consultants with appropriate experience and to increase the grantees’ alignment of interest with the Company’s 
shareholders.
Under the A&R 2017 Plan, Awards may be made in shares of our common stock. Subject to adjustment as provided by the terms of the A&R 2017 
Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock with respect to which awards may be granted under the A&R 2017 Plan is 864,215, 
comprised of 274,215 shares (the number of shares that were available for issuance under the 2017 Plan as of April 13, 2023) and 590,000 shares (the 
number of shares newly authorized by the Company’s shareholders upon their approval of the A&R 2017 Plan).. The aggregate awards granted during any 
calendar year to any single Participant cannot exceed 500,000 shares subject to stock options or SARs. These individual annual limitations are cumulative 
in that any shares of common stock or cash for which Awards are permitted to be granted to a Participant during a fiscal year are not covered by an Award 
in that fiscal year (such shortfall, the “Shortfall Amount”), the number of shares of common stock (or amount of cash, as the case may be) will 
automatically increase in the subsequent fiscal years during the term of the A&R 2017 Plan until the earlier of the time when the Shortfall Amount has 
been granted to the Participant, or the end of the third fiscal year following the year to which such Shortfall Amount relates. At December 31, 2024, there 
were 707,772 shares of common stock available for future grant under the A&R 2017 Plan.

Table of Contents
 
F-27
Awards made under the 2017 Plan (and the 2009 Plan) that are forfeited, canceled, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a distribution of 
shares to a Participant will be deemed available for Awards under the A&R 2017 Plan; provided, that the A&R 2017 Plan explicitly prohibits shares 
withheld for payment of taxes for awards, the exercise price for appreciation awards, shares acquired with the proceeds of appreciation awards, and shares 
from stock settled SARs from being added back to the share reserve. Stock options are awarded with an exercise price equal to the fair market value based 
on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted typically vest over a service period ranging from three to four years and 
expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted shares typically vest over a service period ranging from one to four years and expire ten years from date 
of grant.
Stock options are awarded with an exercise price equal to the fair market value based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. 
Options granted typically vest over a service period ranging from three to four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted shares typically 
vest over a service period ranging from one to four years and expire ten years from date of grant.
The exercise prices of stock options outstanding on December 31, 2024 range from $19.71 to $92.00. Restricted stock awards are full-value awards.
Stock Options
A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024 follows:
 
 
 
Options
(Amounts in
Thousands)
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   
Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Terms 
(Years)
 
Outstanding, beginning of period
   
455    $
46.33     
4.3 
Granted
   
—     
—   
   
Exercised
   
(49)    
69.55   
   
Forfeited/Cancelled
   
—     
—   
   
Outstanding, end of period
   
406    $
43.51     
3.2 
Exercisable, end of period
   
381    $
40.55     
3.0 
 
The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model in 
2022. The Company did not grant any stock options in 2024 and 2023. The related assumptions follow:
 
 
 
2024
   
2023
   
2022
 
 
 
Grants
   
Grants
   
Grants
 
Weighted average fair value
 
$
—   
$
—   
$
32.96 
Risk-free discount rate
 
 
—   
 
—   
1.76% - 2.86%
 
Expected life
 
 
—   
 
—   
4.2 years
 
Dividend yield
 
 
—     
—     
— 
Volatility
 
 
—   
 
—   
43%
 
 
Stock option compensation expense totaled $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost that is expected to be recognized over a weighted 
average period of 1.1 years.
The intrinsic value of exercisable and outstanding stock options was $32.3 million and $33.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2024.
As of December 31, 2024, there were 381,000 and 25,000 shares of stock options vested and unvested, respectively.
The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $3.0 million, $0.8 million and $3.5 
million, respectively.

Table of Contents
 
F-28
Restricted Stock Awards
A summary of unvested restricted stock awards activity and weighted average grant date fair value for the year ended December 31, 2024 follows:
 
 
 
Restricted
Stock
Awards
(Amounts in
Thousands)
   
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
Unvested restricted stock awards, beginning of period
   
201    $
93.93 
Awarded
   
151     
90.67 
Vested
   
(103)    
95.45 
Forfeited
   
(5)    
90.48 
Unvested restricted stock awards, end of period
   
244    $
91.33 
 
The fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the year ended December 31, 2024 was $9.4 million.
Restricted stock award compensation expense totaled $10.7 million, $9.4 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 
2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there was $13.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost that is expected to be recognized over a 
weighted average period of 1.6 years.
12. Employee Benefit Plans
The 401(k) retirement plan is a defined contribution plan that provides for matching contributions by the Company to all non-union employees. 
Matching contributions are discretionary and subject to change by management. Under the provisions of the 401(k) plan, employees can contribute up to 
the maximum percentage and limits allowable under the U.S. Revenue Code. The Company provided contributions totaling $0.8 million, $0.6 million and 
$0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
13. Commitments and Contingencies 
          Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is subject to legal and/or administrative proceedings incidental to its business.
It is the opinion of management that the outcome of pending legal and/or administrative proceedings will not have a material effect on the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Income.
Concentration of Cash
The Company owns financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, including cash. The 
Company maintains cash with financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company believes it is not exposed to any 
significant credit risk on cash.
14. Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of a company that engage in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, 
and for which separate financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision makers (“CODM”). The 
Company identifies its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer together as CODM to assess the performance of the individual segments and 
make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments. The Company operates as a multi-state provider of three business segments providing in-
home services.
In its personal care segment, the Company provides non-medical assistance with activities of daily living, primarily to persons who are at increased 
risk of hospitalization or institutionalization, such as the elderly, chronically ill or disabled. In its hospice segment, the Company provides physical, 
emotional and spiritual care for people who are terminally ill as well as related services for their families. In its home health segment, the Company 
provides services that are primarily medical in nature to individuals who may require assistance during an illness or after hospitalization and include skilled 
nursing and physical, occupational and speech therapy.

Table of Contents
 
F-29
The Company’s method for measuring profitability on each reportable segment basis is the same as those described in the summary of significant 
accounting policies and its CODM frequently reviews the actual result to budget variance to allocate resources to the segment and assess its performance. 
Segment operating income consists of revenue generated by a segment, less the direct costs of service revenues and general and administrative expenses 
that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated general and administrative costs are those costs for functions performed in a centralized manner and 
therefore not attributable to a particular segment. These costs include accounting, finance, human resources, legal, information technology, corporate office 
support and facility costs and overall corporate management. 
The CODM does not review disaggregated assets by segment. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total consolidated 
assets.
The tables below set forth information about the Company’s reportable segments, including significant expenses, for the years ended December 31, 
2024, 2023 and 2022 along with the items necessary to reconcile the segment information to the totals reported in the accompanying consolidated financial 
statements.
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
Hospice
   
Home Health
   
Total
 
Net service revenues
  $
856,581    $
228,191    $
69,827    $
1,154,599 
Direct service personnel
   
613,160     
97,128     
42,631     
752,919 
General and administrative salaries, wages and benefits
   
48,485     
41,370     
14,349     
104,204 
Other segment items
   
20,719     
37,762     
4,913     
63,394 
Segment operating income
   
174,217     
51,931     
7,934     
234,082 
Segment reconciliation:
 
     
     
     
   
Items not allocated at segment level:
 
     
     
     
   
Other general and administrative expenses
 
     
     
       
117,861 
Depreciation and amortization
 
     
     
       
13,530 
Interest income
 
     
     
       
(4,394)
Interest expense
 
     
     
       
7,732 
Income before income taxes
 
     
     
      $
99,353 
 
 
     
     
     
   
Other segment items include other costs for direct service personnel, office expense, licenses & taxes, communication, medical director fees, travel and bad debt expense.
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
Hospice
   
Home Health
   
Total
 
Net service revenues
  $
794,718    $
207,155    $
56,778    $
1,058,651 
Direct service personnel
   
571,445     
87,851     
34,244     
693,540 
General and administrative salaries, wages and benefits
   
47,302     
38,843     
11,501     
97,646 
Other segment items
   
18,442     
35,608     
4,021     
58,071 
Segment operating income
   
157,529     
44,853     
7,012     
209,394 
Segment reconciliation:
 
     
     
     
   
Items not allocated at segment level:
 
     
     
     
   
Other general and administrative expenses
 
     
     
       
104,312 
Depreciation and amortization
 
     
     
       
14,126 
Interest income
 
     
     
       
(1,476)
Interest expense
 
     
     
       
11,106 
Income before income taxes
 
     
     
      $
81,326 
 
 
     
     
     
   
Other segment items include other costs for direct service personnel, office expense, licenses & taxes, communication, medical director fees, travel and bad debt expense.
 
 1
(2)
 1
(1)

Table of Contents
 
F-30
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
Hospice
   
Home Health
   
Total
 
Net service revenues
  $
706,507    $
201,772    $
42,841    $
951,120 
Direct service personnel
   
519,249     
80,033     
28,579     
627,861 
General and administrative salaries, wages and benefits
   
45,089     
36,443     
8,369     
89,901 
Other segment items
   
16,811     
34,222     
3,111     
54,144 
Segment operating income
   
125,358     
51,074     
2,782     
179,214 
Segment reconciliation:
 
     
     
     
   
Items not allocated at segment level:
 
     
     
     
   
Other general and administrative expenses
 
     
     
       
96,417 
Depreciation and amortization
 
     
     
       
14,060 
Interest income
 
     
     
       
(341)
Interest expense
 
     
     
       
8,907 
Income before income taxes
 
     
     
      $
60,171 
 
 
     
     
     
   
Other segment items include other costs for direct service personnel, office expense, licenses & taxes, communication, medical director fees, travel and bad debt expense.
15. Significant Payors
For 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s revenue by payor type was as follows:
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)
   
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
State, local and other governmental 
programs
  $
456,885     
53.3  %   $
400,753    
50.4  %   $
348,234    
49.3  %
Managed care organizations
   
376,604     
44.0   
   
367,557    
46.2   
   
326,778    
46.3   
Private pay
   
15,589     
1.8   
   
16,268    
2.0   
   
18,301    
2.6   
Commercial insurance
   
5,593     
0.7   
   
6,321    
0.8   
   
7,689    
1.1   
Other
   
1,910     
0.2   
   
3,819    
0.6   
   
5,505    
0.7   
Total personal care segment net service 
revenues
  $
856,581     
100.0  %   $
794,718    
100.0  %   $
706,507    
100.0  %
 
 
 
Hospice
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
2022
 
 
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
 
 
Medicare
  $
208,099     
91.2  %   $
186,317     
89.9  %   $
183,407     
90.9  %
Managed care organizations
   
7,603     
3.3   
   
7,037     
3.4   
   
7,353     
3.6   
Other
   
12,489     
5.5   
   
13,801     
6.7   
   
11,012     
5.5   
Total hospice segment net service 
revenues
  $
228,191     
100.0  %   $
207,155     
100.0  %   $
201,772     
100.0  %
 
 1
(1)

Table of Contents
 
F-31
 
 
 
Home Health
   
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
 
 
 
2023
     
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)
   
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
 
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
     
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
Medicare
  $
48,562     
69.5  %   $
41,078     
72.3  %   $
31,505     
73.5  %
Managed care organizations
   
17,603     
25.2   
   
12,613     
22.2   
   
8,698     
20.3   
Other
   
3,662     
5.3   
   
3,087     
5.5   
   
2,638     
6.2   
Total home health segment net service 
revenues
  $
69,827     
100.0  %   $
56,778     
100.0  %   $
42,841     
100.0  %
 
The Company has derived a significant amount of its revenue from its operations in Illinois, New Mexico and New York. The percentages of 
segment revenue for each of these significant states for 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
 
 
 
Personal Care
   
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
     
2023
     
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)
   
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
     
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
     
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of
Segment
Net
Service
Revenues
   
Illinois
  $
441,012     
51.5  %   $
411,081     
51.7  %   $
360,778     
51.1  %
New York 
   
71,763     
8.4   
   
92,469     
11.6   
   
86,592     
12.3   
New Mexico
   
115,381     
13.5   
   
115,986     
14.6   
   
105,315     
14.9   
All other states
   
228,425     
26.6   
   
175,182     
22.1   
   
153,822     
21.7   
Total personal care segment net service 
revenues
  $
856,581     
100.0  %   $
794,718     
100.0  %   $
706,507     
100.0  %
(1)
The selection process for the New York Consumer Directed Personal Assistance Program (“CDPAP”) fiscal intermediaries has changed 
significantly in recent years and the program continues to be an area of focus for New York governmental authorities. As a result of the 
changes and uncertainty in the state, the Company determined that its New York personal care operations no longer fit its growth strategy 
and is divesting these operations. See Note 5 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Divestiture, for additional details regarding 
our divestiture.
 
 
 
Hospice
   
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
Ohio
  $
84,811     
37.2  %   $
74,871     
36.1  %   $
70,503     
35.0  %
New Mexico
   
28,532     
12.5   
   
30,782     
14.9   
   
30,722     
15.2   
Illinois
   
52,560     
23.0   
   
47,247     
22.8   
   
47,181     
23.4   
All other states
   
62,288     
27.3   
   
54,255     
26.2   
   
53,366     
26.4   
Total hospice segment net service 
revenues
  $
228,191     
100.0  %   $
207,155     
100.0  %   $
201,772     
100.0  %
 
(1)

Table of Contents
 
F-32
With the acquisition of JourneyCare in 2022, the Company expanded its hospice services to patients in the state of Illinois.
 
 
 
Home Health
   
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
2024
   
 
2023
   
 
2022
   
 
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
 
Amount
(in Thousands)    
% of Segment
Net Service
Revenues
   
New Mexico
  $
32,766     
46.9  %   $
32,949     
58.0  %   $
34,111     
79.6  %
Illinois
   
10,564     
15.1   
   
12,851     
22.6   
   
8,730     
20.4   
Tennessee
   
26,497     
38.0   
   
10,978     
19.4   
   
—     
—   
Total home health segment net service 
revenues
  $
69,827     
100.0  %   $
56,778     
100.0  %   $
42,841     
100.0  %
With the acquisition of Tennessee Quality Care in 2023, the Company expanded its home health services to patients in the state of Tennessee.
A substantial portion of the Company’s revenue and accounts receivable is derived from services performed for state and local governmental 
agencies. We derive a significant amount of our net service revenues in Illinois, which represented 43.7%, 44.5% and 43.8% of our net service revenues for 
the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Illinois Department on Aging, the largest payor program for the Company’s Illinois 
personal care operations, accounted for 21.0%, 20.9% and 20.7% of the Company’s net service revenues for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The related receivables due from the Illinois Department on Aging represented 21.7% and 25.8% of the Company’s net accounts receivable at 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
In 2019, New York initiated a new RFO process to competitively procure CDPAP fiscal intermediaries. The Company was not selected in the initial 
RFO process. We submitted a formal protest in response to the selection process, which was filed and accepted in March 2021. The New York fiscal year 
2023 state budget, passed in April 2022, amended the Fiscal Intermediary RFO process to authorize all fiscal intermediaries that submitted an RFO 
application and served at least 200 clients in New York City or 50 clients in other counties between January 1, 2020 and March 31, 2020 to contract with 
the New York State Department of Health and continue to operate in all counties contained in their application, if the fiscal intermediary submitted an 
attestation and supporting information to the New York State Department of Health no later than November 29, 2022. The Company submitted an 
attestation on November 22, 2022, which allowed the Company to continue its CDPAP fiscal intermediary operations. However, the Company decided at 
that time to suspend materially all of its new fee-for-service patient admissions in the CDPAP through County Social Service Departments. On June 6, 
2023, the New York State Department of Health notified the Company that it had received a contract award, under which the Company provided services 
during 2023 and 2024. The CDPAP continues to be targeted for changes by New York governmental authorities, however. For example, the governor’s 
most recent update on the state budget contained proposals that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to participate in the CDPAP. See Note 5 to the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Divestiture, for additional details regarding our divestiture of our operations in New York, including CDPAP 
operations.
16. ARPA Spending Plans
In recognition of the significant threat to the liquidity of financial markets and challenges to healthcare providers posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Federal Reserve and Congress took dramatic actions to provide liquidity to businesses and the banking system in the United States and to assist 
healthcare providers, including through relief legislation such as the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”). The ARPA provides for $350 billion in 
relief funding for eligible state, local, territorial, and Tribal governments to mitigate the fiscal effects of the COVID-19 public health emergency. 
Additionally, the law provides for a 10-percentage point increase in federal matching funds for Medicaid home and community-based services (“HCBS”) 
from April 1, 2021, through March 31, 2022, provided the state satisfied certain conditions. States are permitted to use the state funds equivalent to the 
additional federal funds through March 31, 2025. States must use the monies attributable to this matching fund increase to supplement, not supplant, their 
level of state spending for the implementation of activities enhanced under the Medicaid HCBS in effect as of April 1, 2021. 

Table of Contents
 
F-33
HCBS spending plans for the additional matching funds vary by state, but common initiatives in which the Company is participating include those 
aimed at strengthening the provider workforce (e.g., efforts to recruit, retain, and train direct service providers). The Company is required to properly and 
fully document the use of such funds in reports to the state in which the funds originated. Funds may be subject to recoupment if not expended or if they 
are expended on non-approved uses.
The Company received state funding provided by the ARPA in an aggregate amount of $15.7 million and $3.7 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company utilized $10.2 million and $10.5 million of these funds during the years ended December 31, 
2024 and 2023, respectively, primarily for caregivers and adding support to recruiting and retention efforts. The deferred portion of ARPA funding was 
$11.2 million and $5.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is included within Government stimulus advances on the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
 

	
	
Exhibit 19.1
 
- 1 -
Addus HomeCare Corporation 
 
Insider Trading Policy
 
This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) provides guidelines to directors, officers and employees of Addus HomeCare 
Corporation (which, together with its subsidiaries, is referred to in this Policy as the “Company”), and certain other persons set 
forth below, with respect to transactions in the Company’s securities and the confidentiality of corporate information.
I.
PURPOSE
Federal and state securities laws prohibit the purchase or sale of a company’s securities by persons who are aware of 
material information about that company that is not generally known or available to the public. In order to comply with 
such federal and state securities laws, and to prevent even the appearance of improper insider trading or tipping, the 
Company has adopted this Policy for all of its directors, officers and employees, their family members, and specially 
designated outsiders who have access to the Company’s material nonpublic information, as defined in Section VI below.
II.
POTENTIAL CIVIL, CRIMINAL AND DISCIPLINARY SANCTIONS FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH 
POLICY
A. Civil and Criminal Penalties. The consequences of prohibited insider trading or tipping can be severe. Persons violating 
insider trading or tipping rules may be required to disgorge the profit made or the loss avoided by the trading, pay the 
loss suffered by the person who purchased securities from or sold securities to the insider tippee, and/or be subject to 
significant civil and/or criminal penalties. The Company and/or the supervisors of the person violating the rules may also 
be required to pay significant civil or criminal penalties.
B.
Company Discipline. Violation of this Policy or federal or state insider trading or tipping laws by any director, officer or 
employee of the Company, or their family members, may subject the director to dismissal proceedings and the officer or 
employee to disciplinary action by the Company up to and including termination for cause.
C. Reporting of Violations. Any director, officer or employee of the Company who violates this Policy or any federal or 
state laws governing insider trading or tipping, or knows of any such violation by any other director, officer or employee 
of the Company, must report the violation immediately to the Securities Trading Officer (defined in Section V below). 
Upon learning of any such violation, the Securities Trading Officer, in consultation with the Company’s legal counsel, 
will determine whether the Company should release any material nonpublic information, or whether the Company 
should report the violation to the Securities and Exchange Commission or other appropriate governmental authority.

 
	
- 2 -	
III.
APPLICABILITY OF POLICY
A. Persons Covered. This Policy applies to all members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s officers and 
the Company’s employees. This Policy also applies to entities controlled by Covered Persons (as defined below) and to 
family trusts (or similar entities controlled by or benefiting individuals subject to the Policy) of Covered Persons. In 
addition, the Securities Trading Officer may also determine that this Policy should be applicable to other persons who 
may have had access to material nonpublic information of the Company, such as independent contractors and those 
persons in a special relationship with the Company (e.g., its auditors, consultants or attorneys). Collectively, any persons 
to whom this Policy applies (as listed in the prior sentences of this Section III.A) are herein referred to as “Covered 
Persons”. Family members of a Covered Person who reside with such Covered Person, anyone else who lives in a 
Covered Person’s household and any family members who do not live in a Covered Person’s household but whose 
transactions in the Company’s securities are directed by a Covered Person or are subject to a Covered Person’s influence 
or control, are also subject to this Policy.
B.
Companies Covered. The prohibition on insider trading in this Policy is not limited to trading in the Company’s 
securities. It includes trading in the securities of other firms, such as payors of the Company about which you have 
material nonpublic information as defined in Section VI, and those with which the Company is negotiating major 
transactions, such as an acquisition, investment or sale. Information that is not material to the Company may 
nevertheless be material to one of those other entities.
C. Transactions Covered. Except for certain transactions excluded under Section VII.D, the Policy applies to any and all 
transactions in the Company’s securities, including its common stock and options to purchase common stock, and any 
other type of securities (or securities convertible or exchangeable into securities) that the Company may issue, including 
(but not limited to) as debt securities, preferred stock, convertible debentures, warrants and exchange-traded options and 
other derivative securities (together, “Company Securities”). In addition, this Policy applies to transactions involving a 
put, call, straddle, option, privilege or security futures product involving Company Securities or any group or index of 
securities that includes Company Securities; provided, however, that this Policy does not apply to any broad-based 
mutual, index or similar funds that have an investment in Company Securities. 
D. The Policy will be delivered to all directors, officers and employees upon its adoption or any material amendment by the 
Company, and to all new directors, officers and employees of the Company at the start of their employment or 
relationship with the Company. Upon first receiving a copy of the Policy, each director, officer and employee must sign 
an acknowledgment that he or she has received a copy and agrees to comply with the Policy’s terms. Section 16 
Individuals and Key Employees, as defined below, may be required to certify compliance with the Policy on an annual 
basis.

 
	
- 3 -	
IV.
SECTION 16 INDIVIDUALS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
A. Section 16 Individuals. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the officers of the Company, who 
are subject to the reporting provisions and trading restrictions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the underlying rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, are designated as “Section 16 Individuals.” 
B.
Key Employees. The Securities Trading Officer will maintain a list of employees at the Company who are not Section 16 
Individuals but who may have access to material nonpublic information from time to time and will be designated as 
“Key Employees.” The Securities Trading Officer will immediately notify any employee who is designated as a Key 
Employee.
C. Insiders. Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees are collectively referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.”
V.
SECURITIES TRADING OFFICER
The Company has designated the Company’s Chief Financial Officer as its “Securities Trading Officer.” The 
Company’s Board of Directors may from time to time designate another individual within the Company as the Securities 
Trading Officer, and the Securities Trading Officer, with the concurrence of the Board of Directors, the compensation 
committee thereof or outside or internal counsel, may designate other individuals with sufficient knowledge of Section 
16 of the Exchange Act as assistants to the Securities Trading Officer, and may delegate any duties described herein to 
any such assistant. Furthermore, the Securities Trading Officer may, with the concurrence of the outside or internal 
counsel, temporarily designate one or more individuals who may perform the Securities Trading Officer’s duties in the 
event that the Securities Trading Officer is temporarily unable or unavailable to perform such duties. Furthermore, in the 
event that the Securities Trading Officer is temporarily unable or unavailable to perform such duties, the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer may perform the functions of the Securities Trading Officer. The Securities Trading Officer 
may rely on the advice or opinion of outside or internal counsel. 
The Securities Trading Officer will review and either pre-approve or prohibit all proposed transactions by Insiders 
subject to the pre-approval procedures set forth in Section VII.C.4 below. 
In addition to the trading approval duties described in Section VII.C below, the duties of the Securities Trading Officer 
will include the following:
A. Administering this Policy and monitoring and enforcing compliance with all Policy provisions and procedures.
B.
Responding to all inquiries relating to this Policy and its procedures.

 
	
- 4 -	
C. Designating and announcing special trading blackout periods during which Covered Persons (or any subset thereof) may 
not trade in Company Securities.
D. Providing copies of this Policy and other appropriate materials to all current and new directors, officers and employees 
and such other persons who the Securities Trading Officer determines have access to material nonpublic information 
concerning the Company.
E.
Administering, monitoring and enforcing compliance with all federal and state insider trading laws and regulations 
including, without limitation, Sections 10(b), 16, 20A and 21A of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations 
promulgated thereunder, and Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”); and assisting in the 
preparation and filing of all required Securities and Exchange Commission reports relating to insider trading in 
Company Securities, including without limitation Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13D and 13G.
F.
Revising the Policy as necessary to reflect changes in federal or state insider trading laws and regulations.
G. Maintaining as Company records originals or copies of all documents required by the provisions of this Policy or the 
procedures set forth herein, and copies of all required Securities and Exchange Commission reports relating to insider 
trading including, without limitation, Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13D and 13G.
H. Maintaining the accuracy of the list of Section 16 Individuals and Key Employees, and updating them periodically as 
necessary to reflect additions to or deletions from each category of individuals.
VI.
DEFINITION OF “MATERIAL” NONPUBLIC INFORMATION
A. “Material” Information
Information about the Company is “material” if it could reasonably be expected to affect the investment or voting 
decisions of the reasonable shareholder or investor, or if the disclosure of the information could reasonably be expected 
to significantly alter the total mix of the information in the marketplace about the Company. In simple terms, material 
information is any type of information which could reasonably be expected to affect the market price of Company 
Securities — positively or negatively — or a person’s decision to buy, sell, or hold the Company Securities. While it is 
not possible to identify all information that would be deemed “material,” the following types of information ordinarily 
would be considered material:
▪
Financial performance, especially quarterly and year-end earnings, and significant changes in financial 
performance or liquidity.
▪
Company projections and strategic plans.

 
	
- 5 -	
▪
Potential large mergers and acquisitions or the sale of significant Company assets or subsidiaries.
▪
New major contracts, payors or finance sources, or the loss thereof.
▪
Significant changes or developments in lines of service.
▪
Stock splits, public or private securities/debt offerings or changes in Company dividend policies or 
amounts.
▪
Significant changes in senior management.
▪
Significant labor disputes or negotiations.
▪
Actual or threatened major litigation, or the resolution of such litigation.
B.
“Nonpublic” Information
Material information is “nonpublic” if it is not generally known or available to the public. Such information will not 
become “public” until it has been widely disseminated to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, and/or releases to major newswire services, national news services and financial news services. For the 
purposes of this Policy, information will be considered public, i.e., no longer “nonpublic”, after the close of trading on 
the second full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of the information. For example, if the 
Company announces material information before trading begins on a Tuesday, the first time you can buy or sell 
Company Securities is the opening of the market on Thursday. However, if the Company announces material 
information after trading begins on that Tuesday, you could not buy or sell Company Securities until the opening of the 
market on Friday.
C. Consult the Securities Trading Officer for Guidance
Any Covered Person who is unsure whether the information that they possess is material or nonpublic must consult the 
Securities Trading Officer for guidance before trading in any Company Securities. 
VII.
STATEMENT OF COMPANY POLICY AND PROCEDURES
A. GENERAL POLICY
It is the policy of the Company to oppose the unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the 
workplace and the misuse of material nonpublic information in securities trading.
B.
PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES APPLICABLE TO ALL COVERED PERSONS
1.
No Covered Persons may engage in a transaction with respect to Company Securities while possessing material 
nonpublic information concerning the 

 
	
- 6 -	
Company, except for trades pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan approved in accordance with Section VII.C.3 below or 
transactions excluded under Section VII.D.
2.
No Covered Persons made aware of a special trading blackout period designated by a Company Officer may 
engage in a transaction with respect to the Company Securities during such period, nor may any Covered Person 
inform anyone of the existence of the special trading blackout, except for trades pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan 
approved in accordance with Section VII.C.3 below or transactions excluded under Section VII.D.
3.
The Securities Trading Officer may not trade in Company Securities unless the trade(s) have been approved by 
the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section VII.C.4 below, except for 
trades pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan approved in accordance with Section VII.C.3 below or transactions excluded 
under Section VII.D.
4.
No Covered Persons may “tip” or disclose material nonpublic information concerning the Company to any 
outside person (including family members, analysts, individual investors and members of the investment 
community and news media), unless required as part of that person’s regular duties for the Company and 
authorized by the Securities Trading Officer. In any instance in which such information is disclosed to outsiders, 
the Company will take such steps as are necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the information, including 
requiring the outsider to agree in writing to comply with the terms of this Policy and/or to sign a confidentiality 
agreement. All inquiries from outsiders regarding material nonpublic information about the Company must be 
forwarded to the Securities Trading Officer.
5.
No Covered Persons may give trading advice of any kind about the Company to anyone while possessing 
material nonpublic information about the Company, except that they should advise others not to trade if doing 
so might violate the law or this Policy. The Company strongly discourages all Covered Persons from giving 
trading advice concerning the Company to third parties even when they do not possess material nonpublic 
information about the Company.
6.
Whether or not in possession of material nonpublic information, no Covered Persons may directly or indirectly
engage in transactions that are designed to or have the effect of hedging or offsetting any decrease in the market 
value of Company Securities (such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds); may buy 
or sell put options, call options or other derivatives of Company Securities; may execute short sales of Company 
Securities (i.e., the sale of a security that the seller does not own); may hold Company Securities in margin 
accounts; may pledge any Company Securities as collateral for a loan; or may establish standing and limit 
orders (except standing and limit orders under approved Rule 10b5-1 plans) without obtaining the consent of the 
Securities Trading Officer and the Board of Directors (or a duly appointed committee thereof).

 
	
- 7 -	
7.
No Covered Persons may (a) trade in the securities of any other public company while possessing material 
nonpublic information concerning that company, (b) “tip” or disclose material nonpublic information 
concerning any other public company to anyone, or (c) give trading advice of any kind to anyone concerning 
any other public company while possessing material nonpublic information about that company.
C. RULES APPLICABLE TO INSIDERS
1.
Blackout Periods and Trading Window for Insiders. After obtaining trading approval from the Securities 
Trading Officer in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section VII.C.4 below, Section 16 Individuals 
and Key Employees may trade in Company Securities only during the period beginning at the close of trading 
on the second full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of quarterly or year-end 
earnings, and ending on the fifteenth day of the third month of the quarter, except (for the avoidance of doubt) 
trades pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan approved in accordance with Section VII.C.3 below or transactions excluded 
under Section VII.D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, at no time shall a trading window be established 
during the last week of any quarter.
2.
No Trading During Trading Windows While in the Possession of Material Nonpublic Information. No Insider 
possessing material nonpublic information concerning the Company may trade in Company Securities even 
during applicable trading windows, except (for the avoidance of doubt) trades pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan 
approved in accordance with Section VII.C.3 below or transactions excluded under Section VII.D. Persons 
possessing such information may trade during a trading window only after the close of trading on the second 
full trading day following the Company’s widespread public release of the information.
3.
Exceptions for Blind Trusts and Pre-Arranged Trading Programs. Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Exchange Act provides 
an affirmative defense against insider trading liability under federal securities laws for a transaction done 
pursuant to “blind trusts” (generally, trusts or other arrangements in which investment control has been 
completely delegated to a third party, such as an institutional or professional trustee) or pursuant to a written 
plan, or a binding contract or instruction, entered into in good faith at a time when the insider was not aware of 
material nonpublic information, and meeting the other requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act (in 
each case, a “10b5-1 Plan”), even though the transaction in question may occur at a time when the person is 
aware of material nonpublic information. The Company may, in appropriate circumstances, approve the use of a 
10b5-1 Plan by an Insider for which transactions involving Company Securities may take place while the 
Insider may be in possession of material nonpublic information. If you wish to enter into a 10b5-1 Plan, you 
must notify the Securities Trading Officer, and the Securities Trading Officer must pre-approve any such 10b5-
1 Plan prior to your entry into such a plan. 

 
	
- 8 -	
4.
Pre-Approval of Trades. No Insider may trade (including a gift) in Company Securities until:
a.
the person trading has notified the Securities Trading Officer in writing of the amount and nature of the 
proposed trade(s);
b.
the person trading (but not including the administrator of any 10b5-1 Plan) has certified to the 
Securities Trading Officer in writing that (i) he or she is not in possession of material nonpublic 
information concerning the Company and (ii) the proposed trade(s) do not violate the trading 
restrictions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Rule 144 of the Securities Act; and
c.
the Securities Trading Officer has approved the trade(s) in writing.
The foregoing clauses b. and c. do not apply to administrators of 10b5-1 Plans. Instead, if any trade is 
anticipated to be made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan, the administrator of the plan shall notify the Securities 
Trading Officer of such trade in accordance with clause a. above. 
If the Insider is advised that the Company Securities may be traded, he or she may trade the Company Securities 
within five business days thereafter. If for any reason the trade is not completed within the five business days 
after the date of approval, clearance must be obtained again before the Company Securities may be traded. If the 
person trading is the Securities Trading Officer, then the foregoing approvals must be given by the Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company.
5.
No Obligation to Approve Trades. The existence of the foregoing approval procedures does not in any way 
obligate the Securities Trading Officer to approve any trades requested by Section 16 Individuals, Key 
Employees or other applicants. The Securities Trading Officer may reject any trading requests at his or her sole 
reasonable discretion. 
6.
No Legal Advice, Etc. The Securities Trading Officer’s approval of a transaction submitted for pre-approval 
does not constitute legal advice, does not constitute confirmation that any individual does not possess material 
nonpublic information and does not relieve any individual of any of his or her legal obligations.
D. EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS
1.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans. The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy do not apply to 
periodic contributions by the Company or employees to employee benefit plans (e.g., pension or 401(k) plans), 
pursuant to an election made at the time of enrollment in the plan, where the contributions are used to purchase 
Company Securities pursuant to the employees’ advance instructions. However, no Covered Persons may alter 
their instructions regarding the purchase or sale of Company Securities in such plans, may make elections under 
any such plan, nor may elect to participate in an employee stock purchase plan, while in the 

 
	
- 9 -	
possession of material nonpublic information or during a period in which he or she is otherwise prohibited from 
trading in the Company Securities.
2.
Stock Options. This Policy does not apply to the exercise of an employee stock option or stock appreciation 
right acquired pursuant to the Company’s plans or to the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a 
person has elected to have the Company withhold shares subject to an option or stock appreciation right in an 
amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable taxes. Such exercises may be conducted without prior approval, but 
the Insider must provide notice to the Securities Trading Officer prior to any such exercise, and, as a practical 
matter, the Covered Person should not exercise an option at any time the Covered Person possesses material 
nonpublic information or (if applicable) during any applicable blackout period. The trading prohibitions and 
restrictions set forth in this Policy do apply, however, to any sale of the underlying stock or to a cashless 
exercise of the option or stock appreciation right through a broker, as this entails selling a portion of the 
underlying stock.
3.
Restricted Stock Awards. This Policy does not apply to the vesting of restricted stock, or the exercise of a tax 
withholding right pursuant to which a Covered Person elects to have the Company withhold shares of stock to 
satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any restricted stock. The Policy does apply, however, 
to any market sale of restricted stock.
4.
Gifts. Bona fide gifts are not transactions subject to this Policy, provided that gifts by Insiders are subject to the 
pre-approval procedures set forth in Section VII.C hereof. 
E.
POST-TERMINATION TRANSACTIONS
This Policy continues to apply to transactions in Company Securities even after termination of service to the Company. 
If an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information when his or her service terminates, that individual 
may not trade in Company Securities until that information has become public or is no longer material. The pre-approval 
procedures specified under Section VII.C hereof, however, will cease to apply to transactions in Company Securities 
upon the expiration of any blackout period or other Company-imposed trading restrictions applicable at the time of the 
termination of service.
F.
PRIORITY OF STATUTORY OR REGULATORY TRADING RESTRICTIONS
The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy will be superseded by any greater prohibitions or 
restrictions prescribed by federal or state securities laws and regulations, e.g., short-swing trading by Section 16 
Individuals or restrictions on the sale of securities subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. Any Covered 
Person who is uncertain whether other prohibitions or restrictions apply should ask the Securities Trading Officer.

 
	
- 10 -	
VIII.
INQUIRIES 
Please direct all inquiries regarding any of the provisions or procedures of this Policy to the Securities Trading Officer. 
Any decision to trade is the responsibility of the individual, regardless of whether the trade is pre-approved by any 
responsible party of the Company.
 
 
Receipt and Acknowledgment
 
I, __________________, hereby acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of the “Insider Trading Policy” and agree to 
adhere strictly to its terms. I understand that violation of insider trading or tipping laws or regulations may subject me to severe 
civil and/or criminal penalties, and that violation of the terms of the above-titled policy may subject me to discipline by the 
Company up to and including termination for cause. 
 
	
	
	
Signature		
Date
 
 
 

 
	
- 11 -	
APPLICATION AND APPROVAL FOR TRADING BY SECTION 16
INDIVIDUALS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
Name:	
Title: 	
Proposed Trade Date: 	
Type of Security to be Traded: 	
Type of Trade (Purchase/Sale/Exercise/Exchange): 	
Number of Shares to be Traded: 	
Do you (or will you) own the securities directly (Y/N):	
If not, who does or will own the securities: 	
EXAMPLES OF MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION
While it is not possible to identify all information that would be deemed “material nonpublic information,” the following types of 
information ordinarily would be included in the definition if not yet publicly released by the Company:
▪
Financial performance, especially quarterly and year-end earnings, and significant changes in financial 
performance or liquidity.
▪
Company projections and strategic plans.
▪
Potential mergers and acquisitions or the sale of Company assets or subsidiaries.
▪
New major contracts, payors or finance sources, or the loss thereof.
▪
Significant changes or developments in lines of service.
▪
Stock splits, public or private securities/debt offerings or changes in Company dividend policies or 
amounts.
▪
Significant changes in senior management.
▪
Significant labor disputes or negotiations.
▪
Actual or threatened major litigation, or the resolution of such litigation.
 

 
	
- 12 -	
CERTIFICATION
I, _____________________, hereby certify that I am not in possession of any “material nonpublic information” concerning the 
Company (as defined in the Company’s “Insider Trading Policy”) and (ii) to the best of my knowledge, the proposed trade(s) 
listed above do not violate the trading restrictions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Rule 144 under the 
Securities Act of 1933. I understand that if I trade while possessing such information or in violation of such trading restrictions, I 
may be subject to severe civil and/or criminal penalties, and may be subject to discipline by the Company up to and including 
termination for cause. 
Signed:	
Date:	
 
REVIEW AND DECISION: ADDUS USE ONLY
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Securities Trading Officer has reviewed the foregoing application and ____ 
APPROVES ____ PROHIBITS the proposed trade(s). If approved, any trade must be completed within the five business days 
after the date listed below.
Signed:	
Name:	
Title:	
Date:	
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Name of Subsidiary
 
State of
Incorporation
 
Doing Business As Name
A Plus Health Care, Inc.
 
Montana
 
A-Plus HealthCare
Addus HealthCare, Inc.
 
Illinois
 
Addus HomeCare; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Addus HealthCare (Delaware), Inc.
  
Delaware
  
Addus HomeCare Delaware
Addus HealthCare (Idaho), Inc.
  
Delaware
  
Addus HomeCare
Addus HealthCare (South Carolina), Inc.
  
Delaware
  
Addus HomeCare; Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Addus Home Office, LLC
 
Delaware
 
N/A
Addus Hospice of Illinois, LLC
 
Delaware
 
JourneyCare - Barrington; JourneyCare - Deerfield; JourneyCare - 
Crystal Lake
Addus Nurse Care, Inc.
  
Delaware
  
Lifestyle Options
Alamo Area Home Hospice, LP
 
Texas
 
Alamo Hospice
Alliance Home Health Care, LLC
 
New Mexico
 
Ambercare Home Health; Ambercare
Ambercare Corporation
 
New Mexico
 
N/A
Ambercare Home Health Care Corporation
 
New Mexico
 
Ambercare Home Health; Ambercare Personal Care Services
Ambercare Hospice, Inc.
 
New Mexico
 
Ambercare
Apple Home Healthcare, LTD
 
Illinois
 
JourneyCare Home Health - Chicago
Armada Hospice of New Mexico, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Armada Hospice of New Mexico, LLC
Armada Hospice of Santa Fe, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Armada Hospice of Santa Fe, LLC
Armada Skilled Home Care of New Mexico, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Ambercare Home Health
Coastal Nursecare of Florida, Inc.
 
Florida
 
Addus HomeCare
County Homemakers Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
 
Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Cura Partners, LLC
  
Tennessee
  
Addus HomeCare
Girling Health Care Services, Inc.
 
Texas
 
Girling Personal Care
Girling Health Care Services of Knoxville, Inc.
 
Tennessee
 
The Home Option
Hospice Partners of America, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Hospice Partners of America
Hospice Partners of America Holding, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Alamo Hospice of Conroe; Alamo Hospice of Waco; Hospice of 
Virginia
Hospice Partners of Texas, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Hospice Partners of Texas
House Calls of New Mexico, LLC
 
New Mexico
 
House Calls of New Mexico
HPA Idaho, LLC
 
Idaho
 
Harrison’s Hope Hospice; Harrison’s Hope Hospice Twin Falls
HPA Medical Management, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Alamo Supportive Care; Serenity Supportive Care; JourneyCare 
Palliative Care, Hospice of Virginia Supportive Care
H&PC of America, LLC
 
Delaware
 
H&PC of America
IntegraCare of Abilene, LLC
 
Texas
 
Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Miracle City Hospice, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Miracle City Hospice
New Capital Partners II-HS, Inc.
 
Delaware
 
New Capital Partners II-HS
NP Plus, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Options Service, Inc.
  
Colorado
  
Ambercare Personal Care Services
PHC Acquisition Corporation
 
California
 
Addus HomeCare
PRAC Holdings, Inc.
 
Delaware
 
Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Priority Home Health Care, Inc.
 
Ohio
 
Addus HomeCare
Professional Reliable Nursing Service, Inc.
 
California
 
Arcadia Home Care & Staffing
Queen City Hospice, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Queen City Hospice; Day City Hospice; Capital City Hospice, Queen 
City Hospice East
Serenity Palliative Care and Hospice, LLC
 
Delaware
 
Serenity Hospice
SLHC, Inc.
 
Arizona
 
Sunlife Home Care
South Shore Home Health Service, Inc.
 
New York
 
Addus HomeCare
Summit Home Health, LLC
 
Illinois
 
JourneyCare Home Health
Tennessee Valley Home Care, LLC
 
Tennessee
 
Tennessee Quality Care-Home Health
TR&B, LLC
 
Texas
 
TR&B
Tri County Home Health and Hospice, LLC
 
Tennessee
 
Tennessee Quality Care-Hospice
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries have been omitted because, when considered in the aggregate, they do not constitute a significant 
subsidiary.

Exhibit 23.1
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-267253) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 
333-272871, 333-219946, 333-190433, and 333-164413) of Addus HomeCare Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2025 relating to 
the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 Dallas, Texas
February 25, 2025
 
 
 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, R. Dirk Allison, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Addus HomeCare Corporation certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Registrant”);
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the 
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to 
ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our 
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most 
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to 
the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal 
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 25, 2025
 
 
       /s/    R. Dirk Allison                
R. Dirk Allison
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian Poff, Chief Financial Officer of Addus HomeCare Corporation, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the “Registrant”);
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the 
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to 
ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed under our 
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most 
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to 
the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal 
control over financial reporting.
Date: February 25, 2025
 
                             /s/    Brian Poff
Brian Poff
Chief Financial Officer
 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the 
“Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Dirk Allison, Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company.
 
Date: February 25, 2025
BY:
 
       /s/    R. Dirk Allison                
 
 
 
R. Dirk Allison
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
(AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 of Addus HomeCare Corporation (the 
“Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian Poff, Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company.
 
Date: February 25, 2025
BY:
                             /s/    Brian Poff    
 
 
 
Brian Poff
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer